CA2820033C - Photochromic compounds and compositions - Google Patents
Photochromic compounds and compositions Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2820033C CA2820033C CA2820033A CA2820033A CA2820033C CA 2820033 C CA2820033 C CA 2820033C CA 2820033 A CA2820033 A CA 2820033A CA 2820033 A CA2820033 A CA 2820033A CA 2820033 C CA2820033 C CA 2820033C
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- optionally substituted
- photochromic
- compound
- alkoxy
- cycloalkyl
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Active
Links
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 153
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 title claims abstract description 151
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 91
- -1 perhaloalkoxy Chemical group 0.000 claims description 148
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 claims description 88
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 claims description 62
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 55
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 52
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 50
- 125000000592 heterocycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 47
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical class [H]* 0.000 claims description 36
- 125000005346 substituted cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 36
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 35
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 claims description 34
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 30
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 29
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 29
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 claims description 27
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 27
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 27
- 125000004404 heteroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 25
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 claims description 25
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 claims description 24
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 claims description 24
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 23
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 20
- 125000004448 alkyl carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 19
- 125000005415 substituted alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 19
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 claims description 17
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000008199 coating composition Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 12
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000005017 substituted alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 11
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon dioxide Inorganic materials O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000004426 substituted alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 8
- GFSXWQUSLTVUBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10bh-benzo[h]chromene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3OC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 GFSXWQUSLTVUBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000011368 organic material Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl urethane Chemical compound CCOC(N)=O JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 210000002858 crystal cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 claims description 6
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000005129 aryl carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000005161 aryl oxy carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 claims description 5
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 claims description 5
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 claims description 5
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 claims description 5
- NOYSZTBQWZSFPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 13h-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[1,2-b]pyran Chemical compound C12=CC=CC=C2C2OC=CC=C2C2=C1C1=CC=CC=C1C2 NOYSZTBQWZSFPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 claims description 4
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 claims description 4
- 229920000139 polyethylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000005020 polyethylene terephthalate Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 229920000098 polyolefin Polymers 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000002987 primer (paints) Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000011253 protective coating Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 229920008347 Cellulose acetate propionate Polymers 0.000 claims description 3
- 229920002284 Cellulose triacetate Polymers 0.000 claims description 3
- 229940123457 Free radical scavenger Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- NNLVGZFZQQXQNW-ADJNRHBOSA-N [(2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-diacetyloxy-3-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-triacetyloxy-6-(acetyloxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5,6-triacetyloxy-2-(acetyloxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxan-2-yl]methyl acetate Chemical compound O([C@@H]1O[C@@H]([C@H]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H]1OC(C)=O)O[C@H]1[C@@H]([C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@@H](COC(C)=O)O1)OC(C)=O)COC(=O)C)[C@@H]1[C@@H](COC(C)=O)O[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H]1OC(C)=O NNLVGZFZQQXQNW-ADJNRHBOSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000002318 adhesion promoter Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000004466 alkoxycarbonylamino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000006117 anti-reflective coating Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 150000001642 boronic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 229920002301 cellulose acetate Polymers 0.000 claims description 3
- 229920006217 cellulose acetate butyrate Polymers 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000012760 heat stabilizer Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000003999 initiator Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000004611 light stabiliser Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000006082 mold release agent Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000006340 pentafluoro ethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)* 0.000 claims description 3
- 229920000058 polyacrylate Polymers 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 claims description 3
- 229920002578 polythiourethane polymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 3
- 229920002689 polyvinyl acetate Polymers 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000011118 polyvinyl acetate Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000004800 polyvinyl chloride Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 229920000915 polyvinyl chloride Polymers 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000002516 radical scavenger Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000000518 rheometry Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000001273 sulfonato group Chemical group [O-]S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 claims description 3
- 229940117958 vinyl acetate Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000004916 (C1-C6) alkylcarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000003601 C2-C6 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 229920001747 Cellulose diacetate Polymers 0.000 claims description 2
- 229920001328 Polyvinylidene chloride Polymers 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000005162 aryl oxy carbonyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- JKJWYKGYGWOAHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(prop-2-enyl) carbonate Chemical compound C=CCOC(=O)OCC=C JKJWYKGYGWOAHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- ZADPBFCGQRWHPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N boronic acid Chemical compound OBO ZADPBFCGQRWHPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000001160 methoxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000005022 packaging material Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 229920002492 poly(sulfone) Polymers 0.000 claims description 2
- 229920000193 polymethacrylate Polymers 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- LMBFAGIMSUYTBN-MPZNNTNKSA-N teixobactin Chemical compound C([C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H]1C(N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C[C@@H]2NC(=N)NC2)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)O[C@H]1C)[C@@H](C)CC)=O)NC)C1=CC=CC=C1 LMBFAGIMSUYTBN-MPZNNTNKSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000000229 (C1-C4)alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims 1
- 125000004191 (C1-C6) alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims 1
- 125000004454 (C1-C6) alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 1
- 125000006656 (C2-C4) alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 1
- 125000006650 (C2-C4) alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 1
- WKLZEHPFQCWSIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10,11-dimethoxy-5,5-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)-21,21-dimethyl-17,19-bis(trifluoromethyl)-6-oxapentacyclo[12.7.0.02,7.08,13.015,20]henicosa-1(14),2(7),3,8,10,12,15(20),16,18-nonaene Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C1(C=2C=CC(OC)=CC=2)C=CC(C=2C(C3=C(C=C(C=C3C=2C=2C3=CC(OC)=C(OC)C=2)C(F)(F)F)C(F)(F)F)(C)C)=C3O1 WKLZEHPFQCWSIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- HPWMGKPDPCEBQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 17,19-dibromo-5,5-bis(4-fluorophenyl)-21,21-dimethyl-10-(trifluoromethyl)-6-oxapentacyclo[12.7.0.02,7.08,13.015,20]henicosa-1(14),2(7),3,8(13),9,11,15(20),16,18-nonaene Chemical compound CC1(C)C(C(=CC(Br)=C2)Br)=C2C(C2=CC=C(C=C2C=2O3)C(F)(F)F)=C1C=2C=CC3(C=1C=CC(F)=CC=1)C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 HPWMGKPDPCEBQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- OPPAJVFICRVXRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C1(C=2C=CC(OC)=CC=2)C=CC(C=2C(C3=C(Br)C=C(Br)C=C3C=2C=2C3=CC=CC=2)(C)C)=C3O1 Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C1(C=2C=CC(OC)=CC=2)C=CC(C=2C(C3=C(Br)C=C(Br)C=C3C=2C=2C3=CC=CC=2)(C)C)=C3O1 OPPAJVFICRVXRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- FINQQDFROLQABT-UHFFFAOYSA-N C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C1(C=2C=CC(OC)=CC=2)C=CC(C=2C(C3=C(OC)C=C(OC)C=C3C=2C=2C3=CC(OC)=C(OC)C=2)(C)C)=C3O1 Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C1(C=2C=CC(OC)=CC=2)C=CC(C=2C(C3=C(OC)C=C(OC)C=C3C=2C=2C3=CC(OC)=C(OC)C=2)(C)C)=C3O1 FINQQDFROLQABT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 125000000882 C2-C6 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 1
- ZVKUVYSFVCRYOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1(C)C(C(=CC(Br)=C2)Br)=C2C(C2=CC=CC=C2C=2O3)=C1C=2C=CC3(C=1C=CC(=CC=1)N1CCCCC1)C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1(C)C(C(=CC(Br)=C2)Br)=C2C(C2=CC=CC=C2C=2O3)=C1C=2C=CC3(C=1C=CC(=CC=1)N1CCCCC1)C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 ZVKUVYSFVCRYOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- GKYUYMLHJDRZTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1(C)C=2C(OC)=C(OC)C(OC)=CC=2C(C2=CC=CC=C2C=2O3)=C1C=2C=CC3(C=1C=CC(=CC=1)N1CCOCC1)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound CC1(C)C=2C(OC)=C(OC)C(OC)=CC=2C(C2=CC=CC=C2C=2O3)=C1C=2C=CC3(C=1C=CC(=CC=1)N1CCOCC1)C1=CC=CC=C1 GKYUYMLHJDRZTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 229920000106 Liquid crystal polymer Polymers 0.000 claims 1
- 239000004977 Liquid-crystal polymers (LCPs) Substances 0.000 claims 1
- TUKICJBNHNTZSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N O1C2=C3C=C(OC)C(OC)=CC3=C3C4=CC=CC(C(F)(F)F)=C4C(C)(C)C3=C2C=CC1(C=1C=CC(=CC=1)N1CCOCC1)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound O1C2=C3C=C(OC)C(OC)=CC3=C3C4=CC=CC(C(F)(F)F)=C4C(C)(C)C3=C2C=CC1(C=1C=CC(=CC=1)N1CCOCC1)C1=CC=CC=C1 TUKICJBNHNTZSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 239000004642 Polyimide Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 claims 1
- KPUWHANPEXNPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N disiloxane Chemical class [SiH3]O[SiH3] KPUWHANPEXNPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 230000005684 electric field Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 125000003754 ethoxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC)* 0.000 claims 1
- 229910010272 inorganic material Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 1
- 239000011147 inorganic material Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 125000003367 polycyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims 1
- 229920001721 polyimide Polymers 0.000 claims 1
- 125000001501 propionyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims 1
- 239000010453 quartz Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 125000000876 trifluoromethoxy group Chemical group FC(F)(F)O* 0.000 claims 1
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 abstract description 30
- 125000004309 pyranyl group Chemical group O1C(C=CC=C1)* 0.000 abstract description 2
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 105
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 72
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 67
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 60
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 53
- WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic anhydride Chemical compound CC(=O)OC(C)=O WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 48
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 47
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 47
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 42
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 36
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 33
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 28
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 25
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 24
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 24
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 23
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 23
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 21
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 20
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 20
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 18
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 18
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 17
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 16
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 16
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 16
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 15
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen Substances N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 14
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 13
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 13
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 125000003003 spiro group Chemical group 0.000 description 13
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 12
- 238000007738 vacuum evaporation Methods 0.000 description 12
- 229920001400 block copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 11
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 235000019341 magnesium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 11
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 10
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 10
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium hydroxide Inorganic materials [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 10
- KSAVQLQVUXSOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium lauroyl sarcosinate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)N(C)CC([O-])=O KSAVQLQVUXSOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 10
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 10
- MGADZUXDNSDTHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-pyran Chemical compound C1OC=CC=C1 MGADZUXDNSDTHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 9
- 239000005457 ice water Substances 0.000 description 9
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 9
- MUXOBHXGJLMRAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethyl succinate Chemical compound COC(=O)CCC(=O)OC MUXOBHXGJLMRAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 238000000862 absorption spectrum Methods 0.000 description 8
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 125000004446 heteroarylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- PQNFLJBBNBOBRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N indane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CCCC2=C1 PQNFLJBBNBOBRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- LPNYRYFBWFDTMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium tert-butoxide Chemical compound [K+].CC(C)(C)[O-] LPNYRYFBWFDTMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 229920001169 thermoplastic Polymers 0.000 description 8
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Furan Chemical compound C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 7
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 150000004880 oxines Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 239000004416 thermosoftening plastic Substances 0.000 description 7
- YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CC=CC2=C1 YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- XFCMNSHQOZQILR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(2-methylprop-2-enoyloxy)ethoxy]ethyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCCOCCOC(=O)C(C)=C XFCMNSHQOZQILR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 6
- UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Naphthalene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazine Chemical compound C1=CN=CC=N1 KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 6
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical compound C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000005266 casting Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000001316 cycloalkyl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCO MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 239000012265 solid product Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000002834 transmittance Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000003828 vacuum filtration Methods 0.000 description 6
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000007818 Grignard reagent Substances 0.000 description 5
- CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-Xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenazine Natural products C1=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000009102 absorption Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- NYENCOMLZDQKNH-UHFFFAOYSA-K bis(trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy)bismuthanyl trifluoromethanesulfonate Chemical compound [Bi+3].[O-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F.[O-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F.[O-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F NYENCOMLZDQKNH-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 5
- 229910052797 bismuth Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 150000004795 grignard reagents Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 125000005885 heterocycloalkylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 5
- BBEAQIROQSPTKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=CC3=CC=CC4=CC=C1C2=C43 BBEAQIROQSPTKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000007363 ring formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000008096 xylene Substances 0.000 description 5
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7H-purine Chemical compound N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acrylate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tert-Butanol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)O DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N anthracene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C21 MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- CUFNKYGDVFVPHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N azulene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC2=C1 CUFNKYGDVFVPHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- JCXGWMGPZLAOME-UHFFFAOYSA-N bismuth atom Chemical compound [Bi] JCXGWMGPZLAOME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IISBACLAFKSPIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N bisphenol A Chemical compound C=1C=C(O)C=CC=1C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IISBACLAFKSPIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 4
- VPUGDVKSAQVFFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N coronene Chemical compound C1=C(C2=C34)C=CC3=CC=C(C=C3)C4=C4C3=CC=C(C=C3)C4=C2C3=C1 VPUGDVKSAQVFFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- UAOMVDZJSHZZME-UHFFFAOYSA-N diisopropylamine Chemical compound CC(C)NC(C)C UAOMVDZJSHZZME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- GVEPBJHOBDJJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluoranthrene Natural products C1=CC(C2=CC=CC=C22)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 GVEPBJHOBDJJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoquinoline Chemical compound C1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 4
- TVDSBUOJIPERQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N prop-2-yn-1-ol Chemical compound OCC#C TVDSBUOJIPERQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinoxaline Chemical compound N1=CC=NC2=CC=CC=C21 XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 4
- APQIUTYORBAGEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-dibromoethane Chemical compound CC(Br)Br APQIUTYORBAGEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KJCVRFUGPWSIIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-naphthol Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(O)=CC=CC2=C1 KJCVRFUGPWSIIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FAQVDANXTSFXGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dihydro-1h-benzo[g]indole Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=C(NCC3)C3=CC=C21 FAQVDANXTSFXGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GJCOSYZMQJWQCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-xanthene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CC3=CC=CC=C3OC2=C1 GJCOSYZMQJWQCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- MWUXSHHQAYIFBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric oxide Chemical compound O=[N] MWUXSHHQAYIFBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxazole Chemical compound C1=COC=N1 ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrolidine Chemical compound C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000006600 Stobbe condensation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005644 Wolff-Kishner reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005299 abrasion Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000001723 curing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000000806 elastomer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- RMBPEFMHABBEKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=C[CH]C=CC3=CC2=C1 RMBPEFMHABBEKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000005213 imbibition Methods 0.000 description 3
- PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indole Natural products CC1=CC=CC2=C1C=CN2 PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolenine Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=NC2=C1 RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QDLAGTHXVHQKRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N lichenxanthone Natural products COC1=CC(O)=C2C(=O)C3=C(C)C=C(OC)C=C3OC2=C1 QDLAGTHXVHQKRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 3
- NIHNNTQXNPWCJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N o-biphenylenemethane Natural products C1=CC=C2CC3=CC=CC=C3C2=C1 NIHNNTQXNPWCJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000005010 perfluoroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- NQFOGDIWKQWFMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenalene Chemical compound C1=CC([CH]C=C2)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 NQFOGDIWKQWFMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920001451 polypropylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 3
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 3
- CXWXQJXEFPUFDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetralin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CCCCC2=C1 CXWXQJXEFPUFDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920001187 thermosetting polymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229930192474 thiophene Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- LBUJPTNKIBCYBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CCCNC2=C1 LBUJPTNKIBCYBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GMVJKSNPLYBFSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3-tribromobenzene Chemical compound BrC1=CC=CC(Br)=C1Br GMVJKSNPLYBFSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzothiophene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC=CC2=C1 FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VEPOHXYIFQMVHW-XOZOLZJESA-N 2,3-dihydroxybutanedioic acid (2S,3S)-3,4-dimethyl-2-phenylmorpholine Chemical compound OC(C(O)C(O)=O)C(O)=O.C[C@H]1[C@@H](OCCN1C)c1ccccc1 VEPOHXYIFQMVHW-XOZOLZJESA-N 0.000 description 2
- UXGVMFHEKMGWMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-benzofuran Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=COC=C21 UXGVMFHEKMGWMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WBIQQQGBSDOWNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCC1=CC=CC=C1S(O)(=O)=O WBIQQQGBSDOWNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004172 4-methoxyphenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(OC([H])([H])[H])=C([H])C([H])=C1* 0.000 description 2
- GDRVFDDBLLKWRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4H-quinolizine Chemical compound C1=CC=CN2CC=CC=C21 GDRVFDDBLLKWRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001054 5 membered carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-carbazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=C1 UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RGSFGYAAUTVSQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclopentane Chemical compound C1CCCC1 RGSFGYAAUTVSQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005727 Friedel-Crafts reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium chloride Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Cl-].[Cl-] TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M Methacrylate Chemical compound CC(=C)C([O-])=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001204 N-oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000007832 Na2SO4 Substances 0.000 description 2
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoline Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229910052771 Terbium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- SLGBZMMZGDRARJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triphenylene Natural products C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C3=CC=CC=C3C2=C1 SLGBZMMZGDRARJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N [1,10]phenanthroline Chemical compound C1=CN=C2C3=NC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JDPAVWAQGBGGHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N aceanthrylene Chemical group C1=CC=C2C(C=CC3=CC=C4)=C3C4=CC2=C1 JDPAVWAQGBGGHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004054 acenaphthylenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC2=CC=CC3=CC=CC1=C23)* 0.000 description 2
- SQFPKRNUGBRTAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N acephenanthrylene Chemical group C1=CC(C=C2)=C3C2=CC2=CC=CC=C2C3=C1 SQFPKRNUGBRTAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HXGDTGSAIMULJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetnaphthylene Natural products C1=CC(C=C2)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 HXGDTGSAIMULJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acridine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002015 acyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- VSCWAEJMTAWNJL-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium trichloride Chemical compound Cl[Al](Cl)Cl VSCWAEJMTAWNJL-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 2
- KNNXFYIMEYKHBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N as-indacene Chemical compound C1=CC2=CC=CC2=C2C=CC=C21 KNNXFYIMEYKHBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 2
- RFRXIWQYSOIBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzarone Chemical compound CCC=1OC2=CC=CC=C2C=1C(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 RFRXIWQYSOIBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001562 benzopyrans Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000005130 benzoxazines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 2
- WFGFUMLJADNANX-UHFFFAOYSA-N but-3-enoic acid Chemical compound [CH2]\C=C\C(O)=O WFGFUMLJADNANX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000001805 chlorine compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- VZWXIQHBIQLMPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CCCOC2=C1 VZWXIQHBIQLMPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QZHPTGXQGDFGEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=C[CH]OC2=C1 QZHPTGXQGDFGEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000000118 dimethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940060296 dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000003480 eluent Substances 0.000 description 2
- STVZJERGLQHEKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylene glycol dimethacrylate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCCOC(=O)C(C)=C STVZJERGLQHEKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- OMRRUNXAWXNVFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluoridochlorine Chemical compound ClF OMRRUNXAWXNVFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- QSQIGGCOCHABAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexacene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC4=CC5=CC6=CC=CC=C6C=C5C=C4C=C3C=C21 QSQIGGCOCHABAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PKIFBGYEEVFWTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexaphene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=C3C4=CC5=CC6=CC=CC=C6C=C5C=C4C=CC3=CC2=C1 PKIFBGYEEVFWTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001519 homopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- HOBCFUWDNJPFHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolizine Chemical compound C1=CC=CN2C=CC=C21 HOBCFUWDNJPFHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001746 injection moulding Methods 0.000 description 2
- IQPQWNKOIGAROB-UHFFFAOYSA-N isocyanate group Chemical group [N-]=C=O IQPQWNKOIGAROB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GWVMLCQWXVFZCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoindoline Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CNCC2=C1 GWVMLCQWXVFZCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoxazole Chemical compound C=1C=NOC=1 CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KWGKDLIKAYFUFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium chloride Chemical compound [Li+].[Cl-] KWGKDLIKAYFUFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- NXPHGHWWQRMDIA-UHFFFAOYSA-M magnesium;carbanide;bromide Chemical compound [CH3-].[Mg+2].[Br-] NXPHGHWWQRMDIA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- CCERQOYLJJULMD-UHFFFAOYSA-M magnesium;carbanide;chloride Chemical compound [CH3-].[Mg+2].[Cl-] CCERQOYLJJULMD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- FRIJBUGBVQZNTB-UHFFFAOYSA-M magnesium;ethane;bromide Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Br-].[CH2-]C FRIJBUGBVQZNTB-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- IUYHWZFSGMZEOG-UHFFFAOYSA-M magnesium;propane;chloride Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Cl-].C[CH-]C IUYHWZFSGMZEOG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000006140 methanolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012452 mother liquor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 2
- 239000012038 nucleophile Substances 0.000 description 2
- OVPVGJFDFSJUIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N octalene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C2C=CC=CC=CC2=C1 OVPVGJFDFSJUIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WCPAKWJPBJAGKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxadiazole Chemical compound C1=CON=N1 WCPAKWJPBJAGKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000004893 oxazines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- SLIUAWYAILUBJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentacene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC4=CC5=CC=CC=C5C=C4C=C3C=C21 SLIUAWYAILUBJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GUVXZFRDPCKWEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentalene Chemical compound C1=CC2=CC=CC2=C1 GUVXZFRDPCKWEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JQQSUOJIMKJQHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentaphene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=C3C4=CC5=CC=CC=C5C=C4C=CC3=CC2=C1 JQQSUOJIMKJQHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YNPNZTXNASCQKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenanthrene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 YNPNZTXNASCQKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RDOWQLZANAYVLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenanthridine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=NC2=C1 RDOWQLZANAYVLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- GBROPGWFBFCKAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N picene Chemical compound C1=CC2=C3C=CC=CC3=CC=C2C2=C1C1=CC=CC=C1C=C2 GBROPGWFBFCKAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002037 poly(vinyl butyral) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000647 polyepoxide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004926 polymethyl methacrylate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920006295 polythiol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 2
- CPNGPNLZQNNVQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N pteridine Chemical compound N1=CN=CC2=NC=CN=C21 CPNGPNLZQNNVQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LNKHTYQPVMAJSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyranthrene Chemical compound C1=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=C(C=C3)C2=C2C3=CC3=C(C=CC=C4)C4=CC4=CC=C1C2=C34 LNKHTYQPVMAJSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridazine Chemical compound C1=CC=NN=C1 PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZDYVRSLAEXCVBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate Chemical compound C1=CC=[NH+]C=C1.CC1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 ZDYVRSLAEXCVBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010791 quenching Methods 0.000 description 2
- FMKFBRKHHLWKDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N rubicene Chemical compound C12=CC=CC=C2C2=CC=CC3=C2C1=C1C=CC=C2C4=CC=CC=C4C3=C21 FMKFBRKHHLWKDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WEMQMWWWCBYPOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N s-indacene Chemical compound C=1C2=CC=CC2=CC2=CC=CC2=1 WEMQMWWWCBYPOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- MFRIHAYPQRLWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium tert-butoxide Chemical compound [Na+].CC(C)(C)[O-] MFRIHAYPQRLWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004528 spin coating Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005507 spraying Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052715 tantalum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000003536 tetrazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000004634 thermosetting polymer Substances 0.000 description 2
- VLLMWSRANPNYQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiadiazole Chemical compound C1=CSN=N1.C1=CSN=N1 VLLMWSRANPNYQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 2
- ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-M triflate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 125000005580 triphenylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002221 trityl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1C([*])(C1=C(C(=C(C(=C1[H])[H])[H])[H])[H])C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- 229940124543 ultraviolet light absorber Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000001429 visible spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052724 xenon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- FHNFHKCVQCLJFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N xenon atom Chemical compound [Xe] FHNFHKCVQCLJFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OQXQJCPKNPLRCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3,5-dibromophenyl)-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methanone Chemical compound C1=CC(C(F)(F)F)=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC(Br)=CC(Br)=C1 OQXQJCPKNPLRCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HSSKSBDTYLXIDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3,5-dibromophenyl)-phenylmethanone Chemical compound BrC1=CC(Br)=CC(C(=O)C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 HSSKSBDTYLXIDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PMJHHCWVYXUKFD-SNAWJCMRSA-N (E)-1,3-pentadiene Chemical compound C\C=C\C=C PMJHHCWVYXUKFD-SNAWJCMRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RFNDMLXNYMQMGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)prop-2-yn-1-ol Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C(O)(C#C)C1=CC=C(OC)C=C1 RFNDMLXNYMQMGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NNNLYDWXTKOQQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-di(prop-2-enoyloxy)propyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OC(CC)(OC(=O)C=C)OC(=O)C=C NNNLYDWXTKOQQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HIACAHMKXQESOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-bis(prop-1-en-2-yl)benzene Chemical compound CC(=C)C1=CC=CC=C1C(C)=C HIACAHMKXQESOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BFRIZWKDNUHPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3,5-tribromo-2-methylbenzene Chemical compound CC1=C(Br)C=C(Br)C=C1Br BFRIZWKDNUHPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FLBAYUMRQUHISI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,8-naphthyridine Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CN=C21 FLBAYUMRQUHISI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QYFQIRGYFJJVNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(4-morpholin-4-ylphenyl)-1-phenylprop-2-yn-1-ol Chemical compound C=1C=C(N2CCOCC2)C=CC=1C(C#C)(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 QYFQIRGYFJJVNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004973 1-butenyl group Chemical group C(=CCC)* 0.000 description 1
- SQAINHDHICKHLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-naphthaldehyde Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C=O)=CC=CC2=C1 SQAINHDHICKHLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=NNC2=C1 BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MFJCPDOGFAYSTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-isochromene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2COC=CC2=C1 MFJCPDOGFAYSTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AAQTWLBJPNLKHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-perimidine Chemical compound N1C=NC2=CC=CC3=CC=CC1=C32 AAQTWLBJPNLKHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ODMMNALOCMNQJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-pyrrolizine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CC=CN21 ODMMNALOCMNQJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MXIUWSYTQJLIKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl chloride Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C1=CC=CC=C1C(Cl)=O MXIUWSYTQJLIKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KRTGJZMJJVEKRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenylethan-1-yl Chemical group [CH2]CC1=CC=CC=C1 KRTGJZMJJVEKRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001494 2-propynyl group Chemical group [H]C#CC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- VHMICKWLTGFITH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-isoindole Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CNC=C21 VHMICKWLTGFITH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VIOBGCWEHLRBEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,4-dimethoxybenzoyl chloride Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(C(Cl)=O)C=C1OC VIOBGCWEHLRBEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OOXMQACSWCZQLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,9-bis(ethenyl)-2,4,8,10-tetraoxaspiro[5.5]undecane Chemical compound C1OC(C=C)OCC21COC(C=C)OC2 OOXMQACSWCZQLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NSCJDVAMQUATJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(fluoromethyl)benzoyl chloride Chemical compound FCC1=CC=CC(C(Cl)=O)=C1 NSCJDVAMQUATJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003682 3-furyl group Chemical group O1C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001541 3-thienyl group Chemical group S1C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- QEQVCPKISCKMOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3h-benzo[f][1,2]benzoxazine Chemical class C1=CC=CC2=C(C=CNO3)C3=CC=C21 QEQVCPKISCKMOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KBTMGSMZIKLAHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-bromo-1,2-dimethoxybenzene Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(Br)C=C1OC KBTMGSMZIKLAHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KWXICGTUELOLSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 KWXICGTUELOLSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004008 6 membered carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- CHZVRMOTTLAPEK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-bromo-3,7,7-trimethylbenzo[c]fluoren-5-ol Chemical compound C12=CC=CC(Br)=C2C(C)(C)C2=C1C1=CC=C(C)C=C1C(O)=C2 CHZVRMOTTLAPEK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C=C HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000349731 Afzelia bipindensis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000156724 Antirhea Species 0.000 description 1
- 0 BC(C=C1)(Br)[U]c2c1c(C(*)(*)c1c-3cccc1*)c-3*1c2cccc1 Chemical compound BC(C=C1)(Br)[U]c2c1c(C(*)(*)c1c-3cccc1*)c-3*1c2cccc1 0.000 description 1
- 229920002799 BoPET Polymers 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 240000001546 Byrsonima crassifolia Species 0.000 description 1
- 125000001313 C5-C10 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbamic acid Chemical group NC(O)=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010011416 Croup infectious Diseases 0.000 description 1
- PMPVIKIVABFJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclobutane Chemical compound C1CCC1 PMPVIKIVABFJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclohexane Chemical compound C1CCCCC1 XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LVZWSLJZHVFIQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclopropane Chemical compound C1CC1 LVZWSLJZHVFIQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MDNWOSOZYLHTCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichlorophen Chemical compound OC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1CC1=CC(Cl)=CC=C1O MDNWOSOZYLHTCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005863 Friedel-Crafts acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910004373 HOAc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- WRYCSMQKUKOKBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Imidazolidine Chemical compound C1CNCN1 WRYCSMQKUKOKBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920004142 LEXAN™ Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004418 Lexan Substances 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LSDPWZHWYPCBBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanethiol Chemical group SC LSDPWZHWYPCBBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl methacrylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C(C)=C VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001730 Moisture cure polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005041 Mylar™ Substances 0.000 description 1
- KWYHDKDOAIKMQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N,N',N'-tetramethylethylenediamine Chemical compound CN(C)CCN(C)C KWYHDKDOAIKMQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282320 Panthera leo Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920001774 Perfluoroether Polymers 0.000 description 1
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YGYAWVDWMABLBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosgene Chemical compound ClC(Cl)=O YGYAWVDWMABLBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920005372 Plexiglas® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002732 Polyanhydride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002614 Polyether block amide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M Sodium bicarbonate-14C Chemical compound [Na+].O[14C]([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M 0.000 description 1
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazole Chemical compound C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZJCCRDAZUWHFQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trimethylolpropane Chemical class CCC(CO)(CO)CO ZJCCRDAZUWHFQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000037338 UVA radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC=C XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QVXFGVVYTKZLJN-KHPPLWFESA-N [(z)-hexadec-7-enyl] acetate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCOC(C)=O QVXFGVVYTKZLJN-KHPPLWFESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006096 absorbing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001252 acrylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007259 addition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001335 aliphatic alkanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001345 alkine derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000005215 alkyl ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001350 alkyl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-acetylene Natural products C#C HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920005603 alternating copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920003180 amino resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000003667 anti-reflective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000008365 aromatic ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- BVUSIQTYUVWOSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N arsindole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2[As]C=CC2=C1 BVUSIQTYUVWOSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011914 asymmetric synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001542 azirines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 1
- BNBQRQQYDMDJAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzodioxan Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OCCOC2=C1 BNBQRQQYDMDJAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PASDCCFISLVPSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 PASDCCFISLVPSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000001584 benzyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC1=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- QUZSUMLPWDHKCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N bisphenol A dimethacrylate Chemical compound C1=CC(OC(=O)C(=C)C)=CC=C1C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(OC(=O)C(C)=C)C=C1 QUZSUMLPWDHKCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007844 bleaching agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000002843 carboxylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 1
- AOGYCOYQMAVAFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorocarbonic acid Chemical class OC(Cl)=O AOGYCOYQMAVAFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WCZVZNOTHYJIEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N cinnoline Chemical compound N1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 WCZVZNOTHYJIEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000010549 croup Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000007766 curtain coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004985 diamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000010432 diamond Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910003460 diamond Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940117389 dichlorobenzene Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004786 difluoromethoxy group Chemical group [H]C(F)(F)O* 0.000 description 1
- 229940043279 diisopropylamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UXGNZZKBCMGWAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylformamide dmf Chemical compound CN(C)C=O.CN(C)C=O UXGNZZKBCMGWAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003618 dip coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005670 electromagnetic radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012039 electrophile Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002118 epoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003700 epoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003822 epoxy resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001301 ethoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- UHESRSKEBRADOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl carbamate;prop-2-enoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C=C.CCOC(N)=O UHESRSKEBRADOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002534 ethynyl group Chemical group [H]C#C* 0.000 description 1
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009969 flowable effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000020169 heat generation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- DMEGYFMYUHOHGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N heptamethylene Natural products C1CCCCCC1 DMEGYFMYUHOHGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 238000007654 immersion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 1
- SNWQUNCRDLUDEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N inden-1-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C=CC2=C1 SNWQUNCRDLUDEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000976 ink Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002346 iodo group Chemical group I* 0.000 description 1
- 239000012948 isocyanate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002513 isocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isothiazole Chemical compound C=1C=NSC=1 ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000468 ketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000010030 laminating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052746 lanthanum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FZLIPJUXYLNCLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N lanthanum atom Chemical compound [La] FZLIPJUXYLNCLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007775 late Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- IHLVCKWPAMTVTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium;carbanide Chemical compound [Li+].[CH3-] IHLVCKWPAMTVTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910001629 magnesium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000000691 measurement method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002734 metacrylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- NNESJPKQMNJKIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 1-(3,5-dibromo-4-methylphenyl)-4-hydroxy-6,7-dimethoxynaphthalene-2-carboxylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC(O)=C2C=C(OC)C(OC)=CC2=C1C1=CC(Br)=C(C)C(Br)=C1 NNESJPKQMNJKIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DVSDBMFJEQPWNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyllithium Chemical compound C[Li] DVSDBMFJEQPWNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003541 multi-stage reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 150000004780 naphthols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004923 naphthylmethyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)C* 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002826 nitrites Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- VWBWQOUWDOULQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N nmp n-methylpyrrolidone Chemical compound CN1CCCC1=O.CN1CCCC1=O VWBWQOUWDOULQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007339 nucleophilic aromatic substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000269 nucleophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- PFTXKXWAXWAZBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N octacene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC4=CC5=CC6=CC7=CC8=CC=CC=C8C=C7C=C6C=C5C=C4C=C3C=C21 PFTXKXWAXWAZBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WTFQBTLMPISHTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N octaphene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=C(C=C3C4=CC5=CC6=CC7=CC=CC=C7C=C6C=C5C=C4C=CC3=C3)C3=CC2=C1 WTFQBTLMPISHTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001979 organolithium group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- LSQODMMMSXHVCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ovalene Chemical compound C1=C(C2=C34)C=CC3=CC=C(C=C3C5=C6C(C=C3)=CC=C3C6=C6C(C=C3)=C3)C4=C5C6=C2C3=C1 LSQODMMMSXHVCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005740 oxycarbonyl group Chemical group [*:1]OC([*:2])=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003973 paint Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000123 paper Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011056 performance test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002080 perylenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=C2C=CC=C3C4=CC=CC5=CC=CC(C1=C23)=C45)* 0.000 description 1
- CSHWQDPOILHKBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N peryrene Natural products C1=CC(C2=CC=CC=3C2=C2C=CC=3)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 CSHWQDPOILHKBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QIWKUEJZZCOPFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical class CC(=C)C(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1 QIWKUEJZZCOPFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RGJZPRJCMQIEIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenyl-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)methanone Chemical compound COC1=C(OC)C(OC)=CC(C(=O)C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 RGJZPRJCMQIEIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethyl ester of formic acid Natural products O=COCC1=CC=CC=C1 UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- DIJNSQQKNIVDPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pleiadene Chemical compound C1=C2[CH]C=CC=C2C=C2C=CC=C3[C]2C1=CC=C3 DIJNSQQKNIVDPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001982 poly(ester urethane) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001691 poly(ether urethane) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920003229 poly(methyl methacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002401 polyacrylamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000768 polyamine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002338 polyhydroxyethylmethacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001021 polysulfide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011527 polyurethane coating Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000015320 potassium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000000750 progressive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- USPWKWBDZOARPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrazolidine Chemical compound C1CNNC1 USPWKWBDZOARPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SBYHFKPVCBCYGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinuclidine Chemical compound C1CC2CCN1CC2 SBYHFKPVCBCYGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920005604 random copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001953 recrystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004576 sand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006748 scratching Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002393 scratching effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004469 siloxy group Chemical group [SiH3]O* 0.000 description 1
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007655 standard test method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920006301 statistical copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L succinate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCC([O-])=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)=O BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 238000010189 synthetic method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004753 textile Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003553 thiiranes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 1
- 238000000844 transformation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001131 transforming effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WJKHJLXJJJATHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N triflic anhydride Chemical compound FC(F)(F)S(=O)(=O)OS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F WJKHJLXJJJATHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PQDJYEQOELDLCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylsilane Chemical compound C[SiH](C)C PQDJYEQOELDLCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000026 trimethylsilyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])[Si]([*])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010937 tungsten Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007514 turning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012808 vapor phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002023 wood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010626 work up procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D311/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only hetero atom, condensed with other rings
- C07D311/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only hetero atom, condensed with other rings ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
- C07D311/78—Ring systems having three or more relevant rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D311/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only hetero atom, condensed with other rings
- C07D311/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only hetero atom, condensed with other rings ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
- C07D311/78—Ring systems having three or more relevant rings
- C07D311/92—Naphthopyrans; Hydrogenated naphthopyrans
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D311/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only hetero atom, condensed with other rings
- C07D311/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only hetero atom, condensed with other rings ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
- C07D311/94—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only hetero atom, condensed with other rings ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems condensed with rings other than six-membered or with ring systems containing such rings
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/0041—Photosensitive materials providing an etching agent upon exposure
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/0047—Photosensitive materials characterised by additives for obtaining a metallic or ceramic pattern, e.g. by firing
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/027—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
- G03F7/028—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/038—Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/038—Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
- G03F7/0387—Polyamides or polyimides
Abstract
Described herein are compounds generally comprising an indeno[2',3':3,4]naptho[1,2-b] pyran structure as shown in Formula ll:
(see Formula II) Such compounds may be useful for their photochromic properties, and be used in certain photochromic compositions. Such compositions may further comprise other photochromic compositions and/or materials. Additionally, such compounds and/or compositions may be suitable for preparing certain photochromic articles. Also described herein are methods for preparing certain photochromic compounds, compositions, and articles.
(see Formula II) Such compounds may be useful for their photochromic properties, and be used in certain photochromic compositions. Such compositions may further comprise other photochromic compositions and/or materials. Additionally, such compounds and/or compositions may be suitable for preparing certain photochromic articles. Also described herein are methods for preparing certain photochromic compounds, compositions, and articles.
Description
PHOTOCHROMIC COMPOUNDS AND COMPOSITIONS
BACKGROUND
BACKGROUND
[002] The present invention relates generally to photochromic compounds and to devices and elements made using the photochromic compounds disclosed herein.
[003] Conventional photochromic compounds have at least two states, a first state having a first absorption spectrum and a second state having a second absorption spectrum that differs from the first absorption spectrum, and are capable of switching between the two states in response to at least actinic radiation. Further, conventional photochromic compounds can be thermally reversible. That is, conventional photochromic compounds are capable of switching between a first state and a second state in response to at least actinic radiation and reverting back to the first state in response to thermal energy. As used herein "actinic radiation" means electromagnetic radiation, such as but not limited to ultraviolet and visible radiation that is capable of causing a response. More specifically, conventional photochromic compounds can undergo a transformation in response to actinic radiation from one isomer to another, with each isomer having a characteristic absorption spectrum, and can further revert back to the first isomer in response to thermal energy (i.e., be thermally reversible). For example, conventional thermally reversible photochromic compounds are generally capable of switching from a first state, for example a "clear state," to a second state, for example a "colored state," in response to actinic radiation and reverting back to the "clear" state in response to thermal energy.
[004] It would be advantageous to provide photochromic compounds, such as but not limited to thermally reversible photochromic compounds, that can exhibit useful photochromic properties in at least one state, and that can be used in a variety of applications to impart photochromic properties.
BRIEF SUMMARY OF THE DISCLOSURE,
BRIEF SUMMARY OF THE DISCLOSURE,
[005]
Described herein are compounds represented by the following graphic Formula III
Ri i \
e \ RE
, R7 .7.
-------e ZZ\ __ (R5)m ' . I
I I
B`
(R5)11 Formula II
wherein, R, is selected from halogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, alkoxy, perhaloalkoxy, carboxy, amino, optionally substituted amino, cyanoõ nitro, sulfonyl, sulfonato, alkyicarbonyl, and alkoxycarbonyl;
R5 for each occurrence, is independently selected from chiral or achiral groups selected from formyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyi, aminocarbonyl, aryicarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyioxy, alkoxycarbonylamino, aryloxycarbonylamino, boronic acid, boronic acid esters, cycloalkoxycarbonylarnino, heterocycloalkyloxycarbonylamino, heteroaryloxycarbonylamino, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyi, optionally substituted alkynyl, halogen, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroatyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, and optionally substituted amino;
m is an integer from 0 to 3;
n is an integer from 0 to 4;
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6)
Described herein are compounds represented by the following graphic Formula III
Ri i \
e \ RE
, R7 .7.
-------e ZZ\ __ (R5)m ' . I
I I
B`
(R5)11 Formula II
wherein, R, is selected from halogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, alkoxy, perhaloalkoxy, carboxy, amino, optionally substituted amino, cyanoõ nitro, sulfonyl, sulfonato, alkyicarbonyl, and alkoxycarbonyl;
R5 for each occurrence, is independently selected from chiral or achiral groups selected from formyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyi, aminocarbonyl, aryicarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyioxy, alkoxycarbonylamino, aryloxycarbonylamino, boronic acid, boronic acid esters, cycloalkoxycarbonylarnino, heterocycloalkyloxycarbonylamino, heteroaryloxycarbonylamino, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyi, optionally substituted alkynyl, halogen, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroatyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, and optionally substituted amino;
m is an integer from 0 to 3;
n is an integer from 0 to 4;
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6)
6 PCT/US2011/063878 R.c, and R7 are each independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxy and chiral or achiral groups selected from optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyf optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, halogen, optionally substituted amino, carboxy, alkylcarbonyi, alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, and aminocarbonyl, or R1 and R2 may be taken together with any intervening atoms to form a group selected from oxo, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, and optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl; and [006] B and IT are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, and chiral or achiral groups selected from metallocenyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, and optionally substituted cycloalkyl, or wherein B and B' are taken together with any intervening atoms to form a group selected from optionally substituted cycloalkyl and optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl,
[007] Also provided herein are photochromic compositions and photochromic articles comprising at least one compound of Formula DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[008] As used in the present specification, the following words; phrases and symbols are generally intended to have the meanings as set forth below, except to the extent that the context in which they are used indicates otherwise. The following abbreviations and terms have the indicated meanings throughout:
[009] A dash ("¨") that is not between two letters or symbols is used to indicate a point of attachment for a substituent. For example, --CON11-12 is attached through the carbon atom.
[010] "Alkyl" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a saturated or unsaturated, branched, or straight-chain monovalent hydrocarbon radical derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent alkane, aikene, or alkyne.
Examples of alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl; ethyls such as ethartyl, ethenyl, and ethynyl; propyls such as propan-l-yl, propan-2-yl, prop-1-en-1-y!, prop-1-en-2-y!, prop-2-en-1-yl (ally!), prop-1-yn-1-yl, prop-2-yn-1-yl, etc.; butyls such as butan-1-yl, butan-2-yl, 2-methyl-propan-l-yi, 2-methyl-propan-211, but-1-en-1-yl, but-l-en-2-yl, INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) but-2-en-1-yi, but-2-en-211, buta-1:3-dien-2-ylõ
but,3--:yn-1-yl, etc.; and the like,
Examples of alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl; ethyls such as ethartyl, ethenyl, and ethynyl; propyls such as propan-l-yl, propan-2-yl, prop-1-en-1-y!, prop-1-en-2-y!, prop-2-en-1-yl (ally!), prop-1-yn-1-yl, prop-2-yn-1-yl, etc.; butyls such as butan-1-yl, butan-2-yl, 2-methyl-propan-l-yi, 2-methyl-propan-211, but-1-en-1-yl, but-l-en-2-yl, INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) but-2-en-1-yi, but-2-en-211, buta-1:3-dien-2-ylõ
but,3--:yn-1-yl, etc.; and the like,
[011] The term "alkyl's is specifically intended to include groups having any degree or level of saturation, i.e., groups having exclusively single carbon-carbon bonds, groups having one or more double carbon-carbon bonds, groups having one or more triple carbon-carbon bonds, and groups having mixtures of single, double, and triple carbon-carbon bonds. Where a specific level of saturation is intended, the terms "aikanyl," "alkenyl," and "alkynyl" are used. in certain embodiments, an alkyl group comprises from 1 to 20 carbon atoms, in certain embodiments, from 1 .to 10 carbon atoms, in certain embodiments, from 1 to 8 or 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and in certain embodiments from 1 to 3 carbon atoms,
[012] "Acyl" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a radical ¨C(0)R30, where R3 is hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, oycloalk.yl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkylaikyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl, which can be substituted,. as defined herein.. Examples of acyl .groups include, but are not limited to, formyl., acetyl, cyclohexylcarbonyi, cyclohexylmethylc.arbonyl, benzoyl, .benzyloarbonyl.,.and the like,.
[013] "Alkoxy" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a radical --OR31 where R31 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, or arylalkyl, which can be substituted, as defined herein. In some embodiments, alkoxy groups have from 1 to 18 carbon atoms.
Examples of alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, cyclohexyloxy, and the like.
Examples of alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, cyclohexyloxy, and the like.
[014] "Alkoxycarbonyl" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a radical --C(0)0R.31 where rel is alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, -aryl, or arylalkyl, which can be substituted, as defined herein,
[015] "Amino" refers to the radical --NH2.
[016] "Amino-carbonyr by itself or as part of another substituent refers to radical of the.
formula -NC(0)R6 Where each R6 .is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, .substituted alkyl, alkoxy, Substituted alkoxy, cyOloalkyl, substituted cyCloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroarylõ
arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl
formula -NC(0)R6 Where each R6 .is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, .substituted alkyl, alkoxy, Substituted alkoxy, cyOloalkyl, substituted cyCloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroarylõ
arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl
[017] "Aryl" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon radical derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent aromatic ring system. Aryl encompasses 5- and 6-membered carbocyclic aromatic INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) rings, for example, benzene; bicyclic ring systems wherein at least one ring is carbocyclic and aromatic, for example, naphthalene, indane, and tetralin; and tricyclic ring systems wherein at least one ring is carbocyclic and aromatic, for example; fluorene. Aryl encompasses multiple ring systems having at least one carbocyclic aromatic ring fused to at least one carbocyclic aromatic ring, cycloalkyl ring, or heterocycloalkyl ring. For example, aryl includes 5- and 6-membered carbocyclic aromatic rings fused to a 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl ring containing one or more heteroatoms chosen from N, 0, and S. For such fused, bicyclic ring systems wherein only one of the rings is a carbocyclic aromatic ring, the point of attachment.
may be at the .carbocyclic aromatic ring or the heterocycloalkyl ring, Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to, groups derived from aceanthrylene, acenaphthylene, acephenanthrylene, anthracene, azulene, benzene, chiysene, coronene, fiuoranthene, fluore.ne, hexacene, hexaphene, hexale.ne, as-indacene, s-indacene, indane, indene, naphthalene, actacene, octaphene, octalene, .ovalene, penta-2,4ediene, pentacene, pentalene, pentaphene,.
perylerie, phenalene, phenanthreneõ pice.ne, pleiadene, pyrene, pyranthrene., rubicene, triphenylene, trinaphthaiene,. and .the like, in certain embodiments, an aryl group can comprise from 5 to 20 carbon atoms; and in certain embodiment, from 5 to 12 carbon .atoms. Aryl, however, does not encompass or overlap in any way with heteroaryl, separately defined herein, Hence, a multiple ring system in which one or more carbocyclic aromatic rings is .fused to a heterocycloalkyl aromatic .ring, is heteroaryl, not aryl, as defined herein.
may be at the .carbocyclic aromatic ring or the heterocycloalkyl ring, Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to, groups derived from aceanthrylene, acenaphthylene, acephenanthrylene, anthracene, azulene, benzene, chiysene, coronene, fiuoranthene, fluore.ne, hexacene, hexaphene, hexale.ne, as-indacene, s-indacene, indane, indene, naphthalene, actacene, octaphene, octalene, .ovalene, penta-2,4ediene, pentacene, pentalene, pentaphene,.
perylerie, phenalene, phenanthreneõ pice.ne, pleiadene, pyrene, pyranthrene., rubicene, triphenylene, trinaphthaiene,. and .the like, in certain embodiments, an aryl group can comprise from 5 to 20 carbon atoms; and in certain embodiment, from 5 to 12 carbon .atoms. Aryl, however, does not encompass or overlap in any way with heteroaryl, separately defined herein, Hence, a multiple ring system in which one or more carbocyclic aromatic rings is .fused to a heterocycloalkyl aromatic .ring, is heteroaryl, not aryl, as defined herein.
[018] "Arylalkyl" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to an acyclic alkyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or se .carbon atom, is replaced with an aryl group. Examples of arylalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, benzyl, 2-phenylethan-1-yl, 2-phenylethen-l-vi, naphthylmethyl, 2-naphthylethan-1-yl, 2-naphthylethen-1-yl, naphthobenzyl, 2-naphthophenylethare'l-yi, and the like.
Where specific alkyl moieties are intended, the nomenclature aryialkan.yi, arylalkenyi, or aryialkynyi is used, In certain embodiments, an arylalkyl group is C7_30 arylalkyl, e.g.,, the alkanyl, alkenyl., or alkynyl moiety of the arylalkyl group is Cleo and the aryl moiety is .C6_20, and in .certain embodiments, an arylalkyl group is e7.20. aryiaikyl, .e.g., the alka.nyi, alke.nyi, or alkynyl moiety of .the arylalkyl group is Ce8 and the aryl moiety is C:oz.
Where specific alkyl moieties are intended, the nomenclature aryialkan.yi, arylalkenyi, or aryialkynyi is used, In certain embodiments, an arylalkyl group is C7_30 arylalkyl, e.g.,, the alkanyl, alkenyl., or alkynyl moiety of the arylalkyl group is Cleo and the aryl moiety is .C6_20, and in .certain embodiments, an arylalkyl group is e7.20. aryiaikyl, .e.g., the alka.nyi, alke.nyi, or alkynyl moiety of .the arylalkyl group is Ce8 and the aryl moiety is C:oz.
[019] "Carboxarnidyl" by itself or as part of another s.ubstituent refers to a radical of the formula --C.(0)NR6uR61 where each R6 and R61 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cyclealkyl, substituted cyclo.alkyl, .heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, arylalkyl, substituted INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) arylalkyl,. heteroarylalicytõ or substituted hetexparytalkyli or R6 and R61 together with the nitrogen atom .to which they are bonded form 8. heterecycloalkyi, substituted heterocycloalkyl, 'heteroaryl, Or substituted heteroaryi ring.
[020] "Compounds" refers to compounds encompassed by structural Formula II
herein and includes any specific compounds within these formulae whose structure is disclosed herein.
Compounds may be identified either by their chemical structure and/or chemical name. When the chemical structure and chemical name conflict, the chemical structure is determinative of the identity of the compound. The compounds described herein may contain one or more chiral centers and/or double bonds and therefore may exist as stereoisomers such as double-bond isomers (i.e., geometric isomers), enantiomers, or diastereomers, Accordingly, .any chemical structures within the scope of the specification depicted, in whole or in part, with a relative configuration encompass all possible enantiomers and .stereoisomers of the illustrated compounds including the .stereolsomerioally pure form (e.g., geometrically pure, enantiomerically pure, or diastereomerically pure) and enanticmeric and stereoisonneric mixtures. .1Enantiorneric and sterebisemeric mixtures can be resolved into their .component enantiomers or stereoisomers using separation techniques or chiral synthesis techniques well known to the skilled artisan.
herein and includes any specific compounds within these formulae whose structure is disclosed herein.
Compounds may be identified either by their chemical structure and/or chemical name. When the chemical structure and chemical name conflict, the chemical structure is determinative of the identity of the compound. The compounds described herein may contain one or more chiral centers and/or double bonds and therefore may exist as stereoisomers such as double-bond isomers (i.e., geometric isomers), enantiomers, or diastereomers, Accordingly, .any chemical structures within the scope of the specification depicted, in whole or in part, with a relative configuration encompass all possible enantiomers and .stereoisomers of the illustrated compounds including the .stereolsomerioally pure form (e.g., geometrically pure, enantiomerically pure, or diastereomerically pure) and enanticmeric and stereoisonneric mixtures. .1Enantiorneric and sterebisemeric mixtures can be resolved into their .component enantiomers or stereoisomers using separation techniques or chiral synthesis techniques well known to the skilled artisan.
[021] For the purposes of the present disclosure, "chiral compounds" are compounds having at least one center of chirality .(i.e. at least one asymmetric atom, in particular at least one asymmetric C atom), having an axis of chirality, a plane of ,chirality or a screw structure, "Achiral compounds" are compounds which are not chiral
[022] Compounds of Formula II include, but are not limited to, optical isomers of compounds .of Formula 11 , racemates thereof, and other mixtures thereof.
In such embodiments, the single enantiomers or diastereorners, i.e., optically active forms, can be obtained by asymmetric synthesis or by resolution of the racemates. Resolution of the rapprzi8te$ can be accomplished, for :example, by 'conventional methods such as crystallization in the presence of a 'resolving agent, or chromatography, using; for example a chiral high-pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) column. However., unless .otherwise stated, it should be assumed that Formula II covers all asymmetric variants of the compounds described herein, including isomers, racemates, enantiomers, diastereomers, and other mixtures thereof. In addition, compounds of Formula II include Z- and E-forms (e.g.., cis- and trans-forms) of compounds with double bonds. In embodiments in which compounds of Formula ,11 exist in INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) various tautomeric forms, compounds provided. by the present disclosure include all tautomeric forms of the compound.
In such embodiments, the single enantiomers or diastereorners, i.e., optically active forms, can be obtained by asymmetric synthesis or by resolution of the racemates. Resolution of the rapprzi8te$ can be accomplished, for :example, by 'conventional methods such as crystallization in the presence of a 'resolving agent, or chromatography, using; for example a chiral high-pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) column. However., unless .otherwise stated, it should be assumed that Formula II covers all asymmetric variants of the compounds described herein, including isomers, racemates, enantiomers, diastereomers, and other mixtures thereof. In addition, compounds of Formula II include Z- and E-forms (e.g.., cis- and trans-forms) of compounds with double bonds. In embodiments in which compounds of Formula ,11 exist in INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) various tautomeric forms, compounds provided. by the present disclosure include all tautomeric forms of the compound.
[023]
Where applicable, the compounds of Formula may also exist in several tautomeric forms including the anal form, the keto form, and mixtures thereof.
Accordingly, the chemical structures depicted herein encompass all possible tautomeric forms of the illustrated compounds. Compounds may exist in unsolvated forms as well as solvated forms, including hydrated forms and as. N-oxides. In general, compounds may be hydrated, solvated, or N-oxides. Certain compounds may exist in single or multiple crystalline or .amorphous forms. in general, all physical forms are equivalent for the uses contemplated herein arid are intended to be .within the scope provided by the present disclosure. Further, when partial structures of the compounds are illustrated', an asterisk (*) indicates the point of attachment of the partial structure to the rest of the molecule,
Where applicable, the compounds of Formula may also exist in several tautomeric forms including the anal form, the keto form, and mixtures thereof.
Accordingly, the chemical structures depicted herein encompass all possible tautomeric forms of the illustrated compounds. Compounds may exist in unsolvated forms as well as solvated forms, including hydrated forms and as. N-oxides. In general, compounds may be hydrated, solvated, or N-oxides. Certain compounds may exist in single or multiple crystalline or .amorphous forms. in general, all physical forms are equivalent for the uses contemplated herein arid are intended to be .within the scope provided by the present disclosure. Further, when partial structures of the compounds are illustrated', an asterisk (*) indicates the point of attachment of the partial structure to the rest of the molecule,
[024] Tycloalkyl". by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a saturated or unsaturated cyclic alkyl radical.
Where a specific level Of saturation is intended., the nomenclature "cycl.oalkanyl" .or "cyclealkenyl" is used. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, groups derived .from cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, and the like. In certain embodiments, a cycloalkyl group is C3_15 cycloalkylõ and in certain embodiments, C3.1.2 cycloalkyl or C5_12 cycicalkyl.
Where a specific level Of saturation is intended., the nomenclature "cycl.oalkanyl" .or "cyclealkenyl" is used. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, groups derived .from cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, and the like. In certain embodiments, a cycloalkyl group is C3_15 cycloalkylõ and in certain embodiments, C3.1.2 cycloalkyl or C5_12 cycicalkyl.
[025] "Cycloalkylalkyl" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to an acyclic alkyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom., typically a terminal or sp3 carbon atom, is replaced with a cycloalkyl group. Where specific alkyl moieties are intended, the nomenclature cycloalkylalkanyl., cycloalkylaikenyl, or cyclealkylalkynyl is used. In certain embodiments, a cycloalkytalk.yl group is 07..38 cycloalkylalkyi, e.g., the alkanyi, .alkenyl, or aikynyl moiety of the cycloalkylalkyl group is Caw and the cycloalkyl moiety is C620; and in certain embodiments, a c-ycloalkylalkyl group is C7.20 c.ycloalkylalkyl, .e.g., the alkanyi, allienyl, or alky.nyl moiety of the cycloalkylalkyl group is Ci_8 and the cyeloalkyl Moiety is C4-20 or C6-12,
[026] 'Halogen" refers to a fluor , chloro, bromo, or iodo group.
"Heteroalkyl" by 'itself or as part of another substituent refer to an alkyl group in which one or more of the carbon atoms (and any associated hydrogen atoms). are independently replaced with the same or different heteroatomjc groups, In some embodiments, heteroalkyl croups have from Ito 8 carbon atoms. Examples of heteroatomio groups include, but are not limited to, ¨0¨
, ¨S¨,¨S-S.--, ¨NR38¨, =N¨Na, ¨N-aN¨NR'9R40, apR41_, ap(0)2_,. ap0R.42e, __Dep(0)2_, INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) ¨SO¨, -SO2--, ¨SnR43R441--- and the like, where R38, R39, R40, R41, R43, and R44 are.
independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylaikyl, substituted aryialkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalky-1, substituted heterocycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heteroaryialkyl., or substituted heteroaryialkyl. Where a specific level of saturation is intended, the nomenclature "heteroalkan.yl." "heteroaikenyl," or "heteroalkynyl" is used. In certain embodiments., R3, R39, R40, R41, R42, N and R44 are independently chosen from hydrogen and Cla alkyl,
"Heteroalkyl" by 'itself or as part of another substituent refer to an alkyl group in which one or more of the carbon atoms (and any associated hydrogen atoms). are independently replaced with the same or different heteroatomjc groups, In some embodiments, heteroalkyl croups have from Ito 8 carbon atoms. Examples of heteroatomio groups include, but are not limited to, ¨0¨
, ¨S¨,¨S-S.--, ¨NR38¨, =N¨Na, ¨N-aN¨NR'9R40, apR41_, ap(0)2_,. ap0R.42e, __Dep(0)2_, INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) ¨SO¨, -SO2--, ¨SnR43R441--- and the like, where R38, R39, R40, R41, R43, and R44 are.
independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylaikyl, substituted aryialkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalky-1, substituted heterocycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heteroaryialkyl., or substituted heteroaryialkyl. Where a specific level of saturation is intended, the nomenclature "heteroalkan.yl." "heteroaikenyl," or "heteroalkynyl" is used. In certain embodiments., R3, R39, R40, R41, R42, N and R44 are independently chosen from hydrogen and Cla alkyl,
[027] "Heteroaryl" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a monovalent heteroaromatic radieal derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single atom of a parent heteroaromatic ring system. Heteroaryl encompasses multiple ring systems having at least one aromatic ring fused to at least one other ring, which can be aromatic or non-aromatic in which at least one ring atom is a heteroatom. Heteroaryl encompasses 5- to '12-membered aromatic, such as 5- to 7-membered, 1110110.pyCliC rings containing one or more, for example, from 1 to 4, or in certain embodiments, from 1 to 3, heteroatoms chosen from N, 0, and S, with the remaining ring atoms being carbon: and bicyclic heterocycloalkyi rings containing one or more, for example, from '1 to 4, or in certain embodiments, from 1 to 3, heteroatoms chosen from N, 0, and S, with the remaining ring atoms being carbon and wherein at least one neteroatom is present in an aromatic ring. For example., heterparyl includes a 5- to 7-membered .heterooycloalkyl, aromatic ring fused to a 5- to 7-membered cycloalkyl ring. For such fused, bicyclic heteroanii ring systems wherein only one of .the rings contains one or more heteroatorns, the point of attachment may be at the heteroaromatic ring or the cycloalkyl ring. In certain embodiments, when the total number of N, S, and 0 atoms in the h-eteroaryl group exceeds one, the heteroatoms are not adjacent to one another. In certain embodiments, the total number of N, S, and 0 atoms in the hetero.a_iyi group is not more than two. in certain embodiments, the total number of N, S, and 0 atoms in the aromatic heterocycle is not more than one. Heteroaryl does not encompass or overlap with aryl as defined herein.
[028] Examples Of heterbaryl groups include, but .are not limited to, groups derived from acridine., arsindple., carbazole, p-carboiine_, chrornane, chromene, cinnoline, furan, imidazole, iridazole, indole, indoline, indolizine, isobenzofuran, isochromene, isoindoie, isoindoline, isoquinoline, isothia.zole, isoxazole, naphthyridin.e, oxadiazole, oxazole, perimidine, p.henanthridine, phenanthroline, phenazine, phthalaz.ine, pteridine, purine, pyran, .pyrazine, pyrazole, pyridazine, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrrole, pyrrolizineõ
quina.zoline, quin.oline, quinolizine, quinoxaline, tetrazole, thiadiazole, thiazole, thiophene, triazoleõ xanthene, and the like. in INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) certain embodiments, a heteroaryi group is from 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl, and in certain embodiments from 5- to 12-membered heteroaryl or from 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl. In certain embodiments heteroaryl groups are those derived from thiophene, pyrrole, benzothiophene, benzofuran, indole, pyridine, quinoline, imidazole, oxazole, and pyrazine.
quina.zoline, quin.oline, quinolizine, quinoxaline, tetrazole, thiadiazole, thiazole, thiophene, triazoleõ xanthene, and the like. in INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) certain embodiments, a heteroaryi group is from 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl, and in certain embodiments from 5- to 12-membered heteroaryl or from 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl. In certain embodiments heteroaryl groups are those derived from thiophene, pyrrole, benzothiophene, benzofuran, indole, pyridine, quinoline, imidazole, oxazole, and pyrazine.
[029] "Heteroarylalkyr by itself or as part of another substituent refers to an acyclic-, alkyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp3 carbon atom, is replaced with a heteroaryl group. Where specific alkyl moieties are intended, the nomenclature heteroarylaikanyi, heteroanylaikenyi, or heteroaryialkynyl is used, in certain embodiments, a heteroarylalkyi group is a 6- to 30-membered heteroaryialkyl, e.g., the alkanyi, aikenyl, or alkynyl moiety of the heteroanylalkyl is 1- to 10-membered and the heteroaryl moiety is a 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl, and in certain embodiments, 6- to 20-membered heteroarylalkyl, e.g., the aikanyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl moiety of the heteroaryialkyl is 1- to 8-membered and the heteroaryi moiety is a 5-to 12-membered heteroaryl,
[030] Thleterocycloalkyl" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a partially saturated or unsaturated cyclic alkyl radical in which one or more carbon atoms (and any associated hydrogen atoms) are independently replaced with the same or different heteroatom.
Examples of heteroatorns to replace the carbon atom(s) include, but are not limited to, N, P, 0, 5, Si, etc, Where a specific level of saturation is intended, the nomenclature Theterocycloalkanyi" or 'heterocycloalkenyi" is used. Examples of heterocycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, groups derived from epoxides, azirines, thiiranes, imidazolidine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, pyrazolidine, pyrrolidine, quinuclidine, and the like.
Examples of heteroatorns to replace the carbon atom(s) include, but are not limited to, N, P, 0, 5, Si, etc, Where a specific level of saturation is intended, the nomenclature Theterocycloalkanyi" or 'heterocycloalkenyi" is used. Examples of heterocycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, groups derived from epoxides, azirines, thiiranes, imidazolidine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, pyrazolidine, pyrrolidine, quinuclidine, and the like.
[031] ``Heterocycloalkylalkyr by itself or as part of another substituent refers to an acyclic aikyi radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp3 carbon atom, is replaced with a heterocycioalkyl group. Where specific alkyl moieties are intended, the nomenclature heterocycloaikylalkanyi, heterocycloalkylaikenyl, or heterocycloalkylalkynyl is used. in certain embodiments, a heterocycloalkylalkyl group is a 6- to 30-membered heterocycloalkylalkyl, e.g., the alkanyi, alkenyl, or alkynyi moiety of the heterocycloalkylalkyl is 1- to 10-membered and the heterocycloalkyi moiety is a 5- to 20-membered heterocycioalkyl, and in certain embodiments, 6- to 20-membered heterocycloalkylalkyl, ag, the aikanyl, alkenyi, or alkynyl moiety of the heterocycloalkylalkyl is 1-to 8-membered and the heterocycloalkyi moiety is a 5-to 12-membered heterocycloalkyl.
[032] "Parent aromatic ring system" refers to an unsaturated cyclic or polycyclic ring system having a conjugated it (pi) electron system. Included within the definition of "parent INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) aromatic ring system' are fused ring systems in which one or more of the rings are aromatic and one or more of the rings are saturated or unsaturated, such as, for example, fluorene, indane, indene, phenalene, etc. Examples of parent aromatic ring systems include, but are not limited to, aceanthrylene, acenaphthylene, acephenanthrylene, anthracene, azulene, benzene, chrys..e,ne, coronene, fluoranthene, fluorene, hexacene, hexaphene, hexalene, as-indacene, s-indacene, indane, indene, naphthalene, octacene, actaphene, octalene, ovaiene, perita-2,4-diene, pentacene, pentalene, pentaphene, perylene, phenalene, phenanthrene, picene, pleiaciene, pyrene, pyranthrene, rubicene, triphenylene, trinaphthalene, and the like.
[033] 'Parent heteroaromatic ring system' refers to a parent aromatic ring system in which one or more carbon atoms (and any associated hydrogen atoms) are independently replaced with the same or different heteroatorn. Examples of heteroatoms to replace the carbon atoms include, but are not limited to, N, P, 0, S, Si, etc, Specifically included within the definition of 'parent heteroaromatic ring systems" are fused ring systems in which one or more of the rings are aromatic and one or more of the rings are saturated or unsaturated, such as, for example, arsindole, benzodioxan, benzofuran, chromane, chrornene, indole, indoline, xanthene, etc. Examples of parent heteroaromatic ring systems include, but are not limited to, arsiridole, oarbazole, 0-carboline, chromane, chromene, oinnoline, furan, imidazoie, indazole, indoie, indoline, indolizine, isobenzofuran, isoc,hromene, isoindole, isoindoline, isoquinoline, isothiazole, isoxazole, naohthyridine, oxadiazole, oxazole, perirnidine, phenanthridine, phenanthroline, phenazine, phthaiazine, pteridine, purine, pyran, pyrazine, pyrazole, pyridazine, pyridine, pyrirnidine, pyrrole, pyrrolizine, quiriazoline, quinciline, quinolizine, quinoxaline, tetrazole, thiadiazole, thiazoie, thiophene, triazole, xanthene, and the like.
[034] "Perhaloalkyl" is a subset of substituted alkyl wherein each hydrogen atom is replaced with the same or different halogen atom, Examples of pernaloalkyl includes, but is not limited to, -GF3, -CF2CF3, and -C(CF3)3
[035] "Perhaioalkoxy" is a subset of substituted alkoxy wherein each hydrogen atom of R31 is replaced with the same or different halogen atom. Examples of perhaloalkoxy includes, but is not limited to, -0CF3, -0CF2CF3, and -0C(CF3)3
[036] "Protecting group' refers to a grouping of atoms, which when attached to a reactive group in a molecule masks, reduces, or prevents that reactivity.
Examples of protecting groups can be found in Wuts and Greene, 'Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis," John Wiley & Sons, 4th ed. 2006; Harrison et al., 'Compendium of Organic Synthetic Methods," Vol. 1-11, John Wiley & Sons 1971-2003; Larock "Comprehensive Organic Transformations,"
John Wiley INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) & Sons 2nd ed. 2000; and Paquette, "Encyclopedia of Reagents for Organic Synthesisõ" .John Wiley & Sons, .11th ed. 2003. Examples of amino protecting groups include., but are not limited to., formyl, acetyl, trifluordacetyl, benzyl, benzyloxycarbonyl (CBZ), tert-butoxycarbonyi (Boo), trimethylsilyl (WS), 24rimethylsilyl-ethanesulfonyl (SES), trityl and substituted trityl groups, allyloxycarbonyl, 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (FMOC)., nitro-veratryloxycarbonyl (NVOC), and the like. Examples of hydroxy protecting groups include, but are not limited to, those in which the hydroxy group is either acylated or alkylated such as benzyl, and trityl ethers as well as alkyl ethers, tetranydropyranyl ethers, trialkylsily1 ethers, and allyi ethers.
[0371 "-Sily1". by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a radical of the formula -SiR3 R31R31 where each of R30, R31, and R31 is independently selected from alkyl, alkoxyl, and phenyl, which can each be substituted, as defined herein, [03.81 "Siloxy" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a radical of the formula -0SiR30F.31Rj1 where each of Rm., R31., and Wl is independently selected from alkyl, alkoxyl, and phenyl, which can each be substituted, as defined herein.
[09] "Substituted' refers to :a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms are independently replaced with the same or different substituent(s). Examples of substituents include, but are not limited to, -R64, -R6 , -0', (-OH), ---=;0, OR,-SR6 , S, S, -NR60R61, =NV, -CX3, -CN, -CF3, -OCN, --S0N, -NO, -NO2, 7-112, -N3, -S(0)20-, -S(0)20H, -S(0)2R6C, -05(02)0-, -0S(0)2R60, --P(0)(0-)2,- -P(0)(OR63)(0-), -0P(0)((.R63)(0R61)õ -C(0)R60, -C(S)R610, -C(0)0R6 , -C(0)NR60R61, .-C(0)C1, -C(S)0R60õ -NR62C(0)NR6 R61, -NR62C(S)NR60R61, '-NR62C(NR63)NR60R61, -C(NR62)NR62R61, -S(0)2, NR60R61, -NR63S(0)2R60, -NR63C(0)R60, and -S(0)R6 where each -Fe is independently a halogen; each R6 and R61 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, substituted aikoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyi, heterocycioalkyl, substituted heteroc.ycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylaik.yl, heteroarylalkyl, or substituted heteroarylalkyl, .or R6 and Rcl together with the nitrogen atom .to which they .are bonded form a heterocyclo-alkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl., heteroaryl, or substituted heteroaryl ring,. and R62 and R63 are independently .hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylelkyl, substituted aryialkyl, cyck)alkyi, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heteroaiylalkylõ or substituted heteroarylalkyl, or R62 and R63 together with the atom to which they are bonded form one or more heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, or substituted heteroaryl rings, INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) In certain embodiments, a tertiary amine or aromatic nitrogen may be substituted with one or more oxygen atoms to form the corresponding nitrogen oxide.
[040] "Sulfonate" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a sulfur radical of the formula ¨S(0)20-, [041] ''Sulfonyl" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a sulfur radical of the formula -S(0)2R6 where R6 may be selected from hydrogen, alkyl., substituted alkyl, alkoxy., substituted .alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycioalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, arylalkyl, substituted .aryialkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and substituted heteroarylalkyl, [0421 In certain embodiments, substituted aryl and .substituted heteroaryl include one.
or more of the following .substitute groups: F, Cl,. Br, C1.3 alkyl, substituted alkyl, C1..3 alkoxy, ¨
S(0)2NR50R51, ¨NR,50R51, ¨CF3, ¨CN, ¨NR50S(0)2R51, ¨NR500(0)R51, C5_10 aryl, substituted 05.10aryl, C5.10 heteroaryl, substituted. C5.10 heteroarylõ
¨C(0)0R50, NO2,e -.C(0)R , ¨C(0)NR50R51, -,OCHF2, acyl, ¨SR.50, ¨S(0)20H, ¨S(0)2R50, ¨S(0)R50, ¨C(S)R5 , ¨C(0)O, ¨C(S)0R53, ----NW0C(0)NR51R52: ¨NR5 C(S).NeR52, and ¨C(NR5INFe1fe, C3..3 cycloalkyl, and substituted C3.8 cycloalkyl, wherein R.5 , R5', and R52 are each independently selected from hydrogen and 01-04 alkyl, [043] As used in this specification and the appended claims, the articles "a," "an,". and "the" include plural referents unless expressly and unequivocally limited to one referent.
[044] Unless otherwise indicated, all numbers expressing quantities of ingredients, reaction conditions, and other properties or parameters used in the specification are to be understood as being modified, in all instances by the term "about."
Accordingly, unless otherwise indicated, it should be understood that the numerical parameters set forth in the following specification and attached claims are approximations. At the very least, and not as an attempt to limit the application of the doctrine of equivalents to the scope of the claims, numerical parameters should be read in light of the number of reported significant digits and. the application of ordinary rounding techniques.
[045] All numerical ranges herein include all numerical values and ranges of all numerical values within the recited range of numerical values. Further, while the numerical ranges and parameters setting forth the broad scope of the disclosure are approximations as discussed above, the numerical values set forth in the Examples section are reported as precisely as possible. It should be understood, however, that such numerical values inherently INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) contain certain errors resulting from the measurement equipment and/or measurement technique, [046] As used herein the term 'liquid crystal cell" refers to a structure containing a liquid crystal material that is capable or being ordered. Active liquid crystal cells are cells wherein the liquid crystal material is capable of being switched between ordered and disordered states or between two ordered states by the application of an external force, such as electric or magnetic fields. Passive liquid crystal cells are cells wherein the liquid crystal material maintains an ordered state. One non-limiting example of an active liquid crystal cell element or device is a liquid crystal display.
[047] The phrase "an at least partial coating" means an amount of coating covering from a portion to the complete surface of the substrate, The phrase an at least partially cured coating" refers to a coating in which the curable or crosslinkable components are at least partially cured, crosslinked and/or reacted. In alternate non-limiting embodiments, the degree of reacted components, can vary widely, e.g., from 5% to 100% of all the possible curable, crosslinkabie and/or reactable components, [048] The phrase 'an at least partially abrasion resistant coating or film"
refers to a coating or film that demonstrates a Bayer Abrasion Resistance Index of from at least 1.3 to 10.0 in ASTM F-735 Standard Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Transparent Plastics and Coatings Using the Oscillating Sand Method. The phrase "an at least partially antireflective coating" is a coating that at /east partially improves the antireflective nature of the surface to which it is applied by increasing the percent transmittance as compared to an uncoated surface.
The improvement in percent transmittance can range from I to 9 percent above the untreated surface. Put another way, the percent transmittance of the treated surface can range from a percentage greater than the untreated surface up to 99.9, [049] As previously discussed, conventional thermally reversible photochromic compounds are adapted to switch from a first state to a second state in response to actinic radiation, and to revert back to the first state in response to thermal energy. More specifically, conventional thermally reversible, photochromic compounds are capable of transforming from one isomeric form (for example and without limitation, a closed form) to another isomeric form (for example and without limitation, en open form) in response to actinic radiation, and reverting back to the closed form when exposed to thermal energy. As previously mentioned, the present invention is directed to a compound of Formula If INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) Res (R5)m." ______ I
31\
(R5)n Formula ll, [0501 With reference to Formula II, R1 is selected from halogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryi, aikoxy, perhaioalkoxy, carboxy, amino, optionally substituted amino, cyan , nitro, sulfonyl, sulfonato, alkylcarbanyl, and alkoxycarbonyl, as described herein below, [051] Further with reference to Formula H, R5 for each occurrence, is independently selected from chiral or achiral groups selected from forrnyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonylamino, aryloxycarbonylarnino, boronlc acid, boronic acid esters, cycloalkoxycarbonylamino, heterocycloalkyloxycarbonylamino, heteroaryloxycarbonyiamino, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkehyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, halogen, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted aikoxy, optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, and optionally substituted amino. Additionally, m is an integer from 0 to 3, such as from 0 to 2; and n is an integer from 0 to 4, such as from 0 to 3, or from 0 to 2, [052] Also, referring to Formula If above, R6 and R7 are each independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxy and chiral or achiral groups selected from optionally substituted INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) heteroalkyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted .alkynyi, optionally substituted aryi, optionally substituted heteroarylõ
optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, halogen; optionally substituted amino, carboxy, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyi, optionally substituted alkoxy, and aminocarbonyt, or Ri and R2.
may be taken together with any intervening atoms to form a group selected from oxo, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, and optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl.
[053] Substituents B and Fare each independently -selected from hydrogen, halogen, and chiral or achiral groups selected from metallocenyi, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally' substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryiõ optionally substituted neterocycicalkyl, and optionally substituted cycloalkyl, or wherein B and B' are taken together with any intervening atoms to form a group selected from optionally substituted cycloalkyl and. optionally substituted hoterodycipalkyl.:
[054] For example, with reference .to Formula II, R1. can be selected from optio.nalry substituted Ci.Cealkanyl, such as .optionally substituted .C.1.-C4-alkanyl;
optionally. substituted 02-C6 alkenyl, such as optionally substituted CC4 alkenyl; optionally substituted C2-C6 alkynyl, such as optionally substituted C2-C4 alkynyi; optionally substituted phenyl; C--C6 alkoxy, such as Ci-C4.alkoxy; CI-C6 perhaloaikoxy, such as Ci-C4 perhalcalk.oxy; .Ci-C6 perhaloalkyl, such as CI-C4 perhaloalkyl; chloro; fluoro; cyano; nitro; C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl, such as C1-C4 alkylcarbonyl; and CrCE, alkoxycarbonyl, such as C-C,. alkoxycarbonyl, [055] Likewise, R5 for each occurrence, can be independently selected from formyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, amincc.arbonyl, arylcarbonyl., .aryloxycarbonyi, optionally substituted alkyl, boronic acid ester,halogen., optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally.
substituted aryl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted heteroaikyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl and optionally substituted amino, [056] Further, R.6 and R7 each independently can be selected .from hydrogen, hydroXy, and chiral and achinid groups selected from optionally substituted heteroalkyi, optionally substituted .alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, halogen, optionally substituted amino, -carboxy, alkylcarbonyl, alk.oxycarbonyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, and aminocarbonyi or R1 and R2 may be taken together with anyintervening atoms to form a group selected from oxo, optionally substituted cycloalkyl and optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, In a specific example, R5 and 57 are each independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, and chiral groups selected from optionally INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) substituted .heteroaikyl., optionally substituted alkyl, .optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, halogen, oarboxy, alkyloarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted ,alkoxy, and arninocarbonyl or Ri and R2 may be taken together with .any intervening atoms to form a group selected from oxo and optionally substituted cycioalkyL
[057) Likewise, B and B' are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, chiral or achiral groups selected from optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted cycloalkyl, or wherein B and 8' are taken together with any intervening atoms to form a group selected from optionally substituted cycloalkyl and optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, In a specific example, B and B each independently can be selected from hydrogen, chiral groups selected from optionally substituted optionally Substituted alk.enyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally .substituted. cycloalkyl, or wherein B and B' are taken together with any intervening.
atoms to form a group selected from optionally substituted cycloalkyl.
[0581 In a particular embodiment .of the present invention, referring to Formula II
above, RI is selected from methyl-, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, -0CF3, -0CF2CF3, CF3, CF2CF3, chloro, fluor , bromo, cyano, nitro, acetyl, propio.nyl, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyi; phenyl, phenyl substituted with one or more groups each independently selected from alkoxy, halogen, amino, perhaloalkoxy, aikylcarbonyl, carbon, and alkoxycarbonyl;
R5 for each occurrence is independently selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluor , methoq, ethoxy and CF3.
R6 and R7 are each independently selected from methyl, ethyl, propyi and butyl; and B and B' are each independently selected from .phenyi substituted with one or more groups independently selected from aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, alkyl, .alkenyi, alkynyi, aikoxy, halogen,. amino, alkylcarbonyl, carboxy, and alkoxycarbonyl.
Specific examples of the compound of the present invention can include, but are not limited to 3.,3-bis(4-methoxyphenyl.)-12-bremo-6,1.3,134rimethyl-3H,.13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[1,2-bipyran; 3,3-bis(4-rnethoxypheriy1)-10.,12-dichlara-13,1.3-dimethyl-3H,13H-inderio[2',3`:3,4]naphtholl ,2-bjpyran; 3,3-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)-6,7-dimethoxy-10,12-bis(trifluoromethyl)-1313-dimethyl-3H,13H-indenop',3':3,4jaaphtho[1 ,2-blpyran; 3,3-bis(4-inethoxyphenyl)-10,12-dibromo-6,7-dirnethoxy-11 ,13,13-trirnethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2'õ3':3,41naphthc[1,2--.b]pyran; 3-(4-butoxyphenyl)-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-10,12-dibromo-6-triflurornethyl-13,13.-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,41naphtho[i ,2-b]pyran;
3,3-bis(4-INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) fluoropheny1)-10,12-dibrorno-6.-triflurornethyl-13,13-dimethyl-31-1.13H-indeno[2',.3':3,41naphthor,2.-bjpyran; .3,3-bis(4-methoxyphenyl).-10,12-dibrorno,13,13-dimethyl, 3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphthol1,2-blpyran: 3.-(4-i1uorophehyl)-3,(4,(piperidin-1-Aphenyl)-10,12-dibroma-13,13-dirnethyl-3i1,13H-indeno[2',31:3,41naphtho[1,2-b]oyran; 3-phenyI-3-morpholinophenyl)-10,11, 12-1rimethoxy-13,1`.3-dirnethyl-3H ,131+indeno[2',3':
3,4]naphtho(1 ,2-bibyran; 344-methoxyphenyl)-3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-5,7-difluoro-10,11,124rimethoxy-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[1,2-b]pyren; 3-pheny1-3(4-morpholinophenyl)-6,7-dirnethoxy-12-trifluorornethyl-13,13-dimethyl-indeno[2',3':.3,4]naphtho[1 ,2-b]pyran; and/or 3,3-bis(4-methox.yphenyI)-6,7,10,12-tetramethoxy-13,13-dimethyl-3H, indeno2'3':34]naphtho[1 2-b]pyran.
[059] Any of the previously described compounds may be useful alone, as mixtures, or in combination with other compounds, compositions, and/or materials.
[060] Methods for obtaining the novel compounds described herein will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art, suitable procedures being described, for example, in the reaction schemes and examples below, and in the references cited herein.
[061] In the schemes and examples below, the following abbreviations have the following meanings. If an abbreviation is not defined, it has its generally accepted meaning, Bi(OTf)3 bismuth triflate DHP = 3,.4-dihydro-2H-pyran DCIV1 dichloromethane .DBSA dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid DMF N,N-dimethylformamide DMS0 = dimethylsulfoxide EtMgBr ethyl magnesium bromide Et20 dlethylether gram hour HPLC = high-performance liquid chromatography (iPr)2NH diisopropyl amine HOAc acetic acid WA = lithium diisoprobylamide molar (molarity) MeLi methyl lithium INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) nig milligram min minutes rnL. milliliter mmoi millimoles mM millimoiar Nat0Bu sodium tert-butoxide normal (normality) ng nanogram nm nanometer riM = nanomolar NMP N-methyl pyrrolidone NMR = nuclear magnetic resonance PFTS = pyridine p-toluenesulfonate pTSA p-toluenesulfonic acid THF = tetrahyrdofuran TLC = thin layer chromatography t-BuOH t-butanol (T020 = trifluoromethanesulfonic acid anhydride microliter micromplar [062] As discussed in the schemes outlined further below, compound 105 represents one intermediate that may serve as the basis for preparing the photochromic dichroic dyes described herein. For example, it can be prepared as shown in Scheme 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5. Once prepared, the hydroxy functionality of compound 105 can be used for pyran formation as observed in Scheme 6, INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) . , . .
Scheme 1 H.
Condensation 1 0 o e .H H Stobbe RI = -=N
.....,tatisci,1 0 C) H H
Ri 0 46 OTHP
Hs= mrist DHP, H* . 0"
(fis)erk. Pell 1 I
(Reje, (Re)e (rif.)n 106 (Ron 101 1 CH31, K2CO3 1) acetic 2). Methanol, anhydride 12N HCI
H acetone i P Ri 0 MgX 0 ii= ' faii.1,.. OH=,.. OTHP
i Ms) - "...+
\ - \
Nil) ( 5)n (liOn RiMg8r, R2Mger Fil"
R5 OH 04 Re Ri 0 OH
i R
H 110# II., toluene ' . ..õ,../,- Imi disk, ______ N go , 01.6 [063] Scheme 1 shows one way of preparing compound 105. R6 and R7 may be selected from optionally substituted chiral or achiral groups such as heteroalkyl, alkyl, perfluoroalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl.
[064] The aryl ketone 101 can either be purchased or prepared by Friedel-Crafts methods or Grignard or Cuperate methods known in the art. For example, see the publication Friedel-Crafts and Related Reactions, George A. Olah, Interscience Publishers, 1964, Vol. 3, Chapter )000 (Aromatic Ketone Synthesis); "Regioselective Friedel-Crafts Acylation of 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydroquinoline and Related Nitrogen Heterocycles: Effect on NH Protective Groups and Ring Size" by Ishihara, Yugi et al, J. Chem. Soc., Perkin Trans. 1, pages 3401 to 3406, 1992;
"Addition of Grignard Reagents to Aryl Acid Chlorides: An efficient synthesis of aryl ketones" by Wang, Xiao-jun et al, Organic Letters, Vol. 7, No. 25, 5593-5595, 2005, and references cited therein.
A Stobbe reaction of aryl ketone 101 with dimethyl succinate in the presence of potassium t-butoxide provides the condensed product of compound 102, which undergoes a ring closure reaction in acetic anhydride followed by methanolysis to form the product of compound 103.
[065] Compound 103 can also be prepared from an ester-mediated nucleophilic aromatic substitution reaction starting from compound 106 by methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as further described in Synthesis, January 1995, pages 41-43; The Journal of Chemistry Society Perkin Transaction 1, 1995, pages 235-241 and U.S. Patent No, 7,557,208 B2.
[066] Once prepared, compound 103 can be further converted to indeno-fused product of compound 105 with various substitutions on the bridge carbon via various multistep reactions that can be found in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,645,767; 5,869,658; 5,698,141;
5,723,072; 5,961,892;
6,113,814; 5,955,520; 6,555,028; 6,296,785; 6,555,028; 6,683,709; 6,660,727;
6,736,998;
7,008,568; 7,166,357; 7,262,295; 7,320,826 and 7,557,208. What is shown in Scheme 1 illustrates that compound 103 reacts with Grignard reagent followed by a ring closure reaction to provide compound 105.
Scheme 2 H a OH
Na0H, Ethanol, water H
' =-=., I
(R5),1 (R56 (R5in DBSA, heat R
\
(ROM (ROO (R5)ET (R5)11 OH
Ri, =
/
(RAN
[067] Scheme 2 illustrates a second way of converting compound 103 to compound 105. After hydrolysis of compound 103 followed by a ring closure reaction, compound 202 was obtained. The carbonyl of compound 202 can react with a nucleophile, like Grignard reagent, Organo lithium reagent, or perfluoalkyl trimethylsilane to form compound 203.
R6 may be selected from optionally substituted chiral or achiral groups such as heteroalkyl, alkyl, perfiuoroalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryi, cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl, The hydroxyl group of compound 203 can be easily converted into R7, which may be selected from halogen and optionally substituted chiral or achiral groups such as aikoxy, silanoxy, heteroaryioxy and afyloxy, INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) Scheme 3 OH Wolff-Kishner OH
103 _____ Ri reduction Ri . 4111 301OI, (R5)n (ROrn (R5) (R n dish OH
DHP Ri =STHP ___________________________ R1 411111111r I
(ROITI (Rs)n (R5)1µ (R5)n [068] Scheme 3 illustrates a third way of converting compound 103 to compound 105.
Compound 202 from Scheme 2 can be reduced to 301 using a Wolff-Kishner reduction or its modified version. Examples can be found in "Practical procedures for the preparation of N-tert-butyldimethylsilylhydrozones and their use in modified Wolff-Kishner reductions and in the synthesis of vinyl halides and gem-dihalides" by Myers, Andrew. G. et al, 126, 5436-5445, 2004 and references therein. After hydroxy protection, compound 302 has a very nucleophilic gem-carbon once deprotonated by base like LDA or methyl Grignard reagent. By those skilled in the art, the deprotonated compound 302 can be converted to R6 and R7 by reacting it with electrophiles such as alkyl halides, carbon dioxide, acid chlorides, nitrites and chloroformate derivatives. As a result, compound 106 can be prepared with R6 and R7 selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted chiral or achiral groups selected from heteroalkyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, carboxy, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, or R6 and R7 may be taken together with any intervening atoms to form a group selected from oxo, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, and optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl.
[069] Schemes 4 and 6 summarize two novel methods of preparing compound 105, which are not believed to have been previously described.
Scheme 4 Ri 1). Stobbe condensation 5,t.r1 (Rom, Rs 2). NaOH '.` ) ,r-r7-:-= ' .......................... *
H DBSA
OH Toluene H (ro H õ---OH
H
BrMg RI Ri .L.,, )1.R.;
(R5)m, r----;:- R5 6N, ---- 1,,' 1 .4-add ition (R5 6 )---OHõ,, ----- OH
404 405 (5)r 40?
RI RI
(R. ,4 R6 (R5)m , r..- Re aoetie anhydride methanol, HCi -------------- -... \z...¨\\ .õ........õ..õ, 0 --N=CY'`` (..÷ OH
(kin [070] Scheme 4 starts from aryl ketone 401. R6 may be selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted chiral or achiral groups such as heteroalkyl, alkyl, perfluoroalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl.
[071] After a Stobbe reaction with dimethyl succinate, compound 402 is converted to an anhydride 403. This anhydride can be transformed into an indenone acid 404 with the use of aluminum chloride. A 1,4-addition reaction can be done with the use of nucleophiles like organornetallic reagent, amine, alchohol and thiol. The reaction provides indano acid 405. R7 may be selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted chiral or @chiral groups such as heteroalkyi, alkyl, aikenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heteracycloalkyl, amino, alkoxy, and thiol. Compound 405 can react with a Grignard reagent 406 to form compound 407 after INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) acidic workup. Compound 407 undergoes a ring closure reaction in acetic anhydride followed by methanolysis to form product 408, which can be converted to compound 105 by hydrolysis.
Scheme 5 HO fis.MgBi Rs =
C
R.M9Br S. H R7 j H
H y H
11.
LL\') ORs)n (R5)frk (R5)n 1. Bi(01-03, toiene R ' = 0 I
methanol, HCI RI, Ri, =
2. aceVc anhydnde / L
y, (Rom (Ron (Rom (Ron [0721, Scheme 5 starts from Stobbe product 102, which reacts with Grignard reagent to provide compound 501. Fic and R7 may be selected from optionaliy substituted chiral or achirai groups such as heteroalkyl, alkyl, perfis..toroalkyl, alkenyi, alkynyi, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl. After treating with bismuth trifiate in toluene and then acetic anhydride, two ring closure reactions occurr in the same pot sequentially. The efficient reaction results in compound 408, which can be converted into compound 105.
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) .Scheme 6 \OH R6 ./. 7 B B' 602 (R5),* = = ==.= . = =
(R5)1( = = ill \B' (R5)6 (R5)n 105 Formula Scheme 6. illustrates methods of converting compounds 105 into Formula 11, The pyran ring of.
Formula is formed with the coupling with a .propargyl alcohol 602. B and B' may be each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, and optionally substituted chiral or =achiral groups such as rnetallocenyi, alkyl or perfluoroalkyl, alkenyl, =alkynyi, heteroalkyl, alkoxyõ
perfluoroalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroc.ycloalkyl, and cycloalkyl, or wherein B and B' are taken together with any intervening atoms to form a group such as optionally substituted cycloalKyl and optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl.
[0731 The compounds described herein may be useful as photochromic materials, such as thermally reversible photochromic compounds and/or compositions according to various non limiting embodiments .disclosed herein, Such compounds may be useful in a variety of applications to provide photochromic and, where applicable, photochromic-dichroic properties.
[074] The photochromic compositions of the present invention may comprise at least one of the compounds described herein, and optionally at least, one other photochromic compound. The photochromic composition can be chosen from a variety of materials.
Examples of such materials may be selected from:
(a) a single photochromic compound (b) a mixture of photochromic compounds:
(c) a material comprising at least one photochromic compound such as a polymeric.
resin or an organic monomer solution;
(d) a material such as a monomer or polymer to which at least one photochromic compound is chemically bonded;
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) (e) material (c) or (d) further comprising a coating to substantially prevent contact of the at least one photochromic compound with external materials;
(.0 a photochromic polymer; or (g) mixtures thereof.
[075] The present invention further provides a photochromic article comprising an organic material and a photochromic compound/composition of the present disclosure connected to at least a portion of the organic host material. As used herein the term "connected to" means in direct contact with an object or indirect contact with an object through one or more other structures or materials, at least one of which is in direct contact with the object. Further, the photochromic compound can be connected to at least a portion of the host by incorporation into the host material or by application onto the host material, for example, as part of a coating or layer. In addition to the photochromic compound, the photochromic composition may further comprise at least one additive chosen from dyes including dichroic and non-dichroic dyes, alignment promoters, antioxidants, kinetic enhancing additives, photoinitiators, thermal initiators, polymerization inhibitors, solvents, light stabilizers, e.g., ultraviolet light absorbers and hindered amines stabilizers, heat stabilizers, mold release agents, rheology control agents, leveling agents, free radical scavengers, gelators and adhesion promoters.
[076] Non-limiting examples of organic host materials that may be used in conjunction with various non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein include liquid crystal materials and polymeric materials. In one example, the photochromic article of the present invention comprises a substrate, at least a partial coating of one alignment material, at least one additional at least partial coating of a liquid crystal material, and a compound of Formula II
which is a photochromic compound.
[077] Examples of polymeric materials include homopolymers and copolymers, prepared from the monomers and mixtures of monomers disclosed in U.S. Patent 5,962,617 and in U.S. Patent 5,658,501 from column 15, line 28 to column 16, line 17, an oligomeric material, a monomeric material or a mixture or combination thereof. Polymeric materials can be thermoplastic or thermoset polymeric materials, can be transparent or optically clear, and can have any refractive index required. Non-limiting examples of such disclosed monomers and polymers include: polyol(ally1 carbonate) monomers, e.g., ally' diglycol carbonates such as diethylene glycol bis(ally1 carbonate), which monomer is sold under the trademark CR-39 by PPG Industries, Inc.;
polyurea-polyurethane (polyurea-urethane) polymers, which are prepared, for example, by the reaction of a polyurethane prepolymer and a diamine curing agent, a composition for one such polymer being sold under the trademark TRIVEX by PPG Industries, inc.; polyol(meth)acryloyi terminated carbonate monomer; diethylene glycol dimethacrylate monomers; ethoxylated phenol methacrylate monomers; diisopropenyl benzene monomers; ethoxylated trimethylol propane trlacrylate monomers; ethylene glycol bismethacrylate monomers; poly(ethylene glycol) bismethacryiate monomers; urethane acrylate monomers; poly(ethoxylated bisphenoi A
dimethacrylate);
poly(vinyl acetate); poly(vinyl alcohol): poly(vinyl chloride); poly(vinyklene chloride);
polyethylene; polypropylene; poiyurethanes: polythiourethanes; thermoplastic polycarbonates, such as the carbonate-linked resin derived from bisphenol A and phosgene; one such material being sold under the trademark LEXAN: polyesters, such as the material sold under the trademark MYLAR: poly(ethylene terephthalate); polyvinyl butyral; poly(methyl methacrylate), such as the material said under the trademark PLEXIGLAS, and polymers prepared by reacting polyfunctional isocyanates with polythiols or polyepisulfid.e monomers, either homopolymerized or co-and/or terpolyrnerized with polythiols, poiyisocyan-ates, polyisothiocyanates and optionally ethylenically unsaturated monomers or halogenated aromatic-containing vinyl monomers. Also contemplated are copolymers of such monomers and blends of the described polymers and copolymers with other polymers, for example, to form block copolymers or interpenetrating network products. Polymeric materials .can also be self-assembled Materials.
[078] The polymer may be a block or non-block copolyrner.Such block copolymers may comprise hard blocks and soft blocks. Further, the polymer may be a non-block copolymer (i.e., a copolymer that does not have large blocks of specific monomer residues), such as a .random copolymer, an alternating copolymer, periodic, copolymers, and statistical copolymers. The present disclosure is also intended to cover copolymers of more than two different types of co-monomer residues.
[0791 The organic host material can be chosen from polyacrylates, polym-ethacr/lates, poly(Ci -G1;2) alkyl rnethacrylates, polyexy(alkylene methacrylates), poly (elkoxylated phenol methacryla. tes), cellulose acetate, cellulose triacetate,, cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate, poly(vinyi acetate), poly(vinyl .alcohol), poly(vinyl chloride), poly(yinylidene.
chloride), poly(vinylpyrrolidone), poly((meth)acrylamide)õooly(dimethyl acryla.mide), poly(hydroxyethyl methacrylate), poly((meth)acrylic acid), thermoplastic polycarbonates, polyesters, polyurethanes, polythiourethane% poly(ethylene terephthalate),, polystyrene, poly(alpha rnethylstyrene), copoly(styrene-methylmethacrylate), copoly(styrene-acrylonitrile), polyvinylbutyral and polymers of members of the group consisting of polyol(allyl carbonate)monomers, mono-functional acrylate monomers, mono-functional methacrylate monomers, polyfunctional acrylate monomers, polyfunctional methacrylate monomers, INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) diethylene glycol dimethacrylate monomers., .diisoprop.eny.1 benzene monomers, alkoxylated polyhy.drie, alcohol monomers and diallylidene pentaerythritol monomers, [080]
Also, the organic host material can be a homopolyrner or copolymer of monomer(s) chosen from acrylates, methacrylates, methyl methacrylate., ethylene glycol bis methacrylate, ethoxylated bisphenol A dimethacrylateõ vinyl acetate, vinyibutyral, urethane, thiourethane, diethylene glycol bis(allyi carbonate), diethylene glycol dimethacrylate, dilsopropenyl benzene, and ethoxylated trirnethyloi propane triacrylate. Ther polymeric material most often comprises liquid crystal materials, self-assembling materials, polycarbonateõ
polyamide, polyirnide, poly(meth)acrylateõ polycyclic alkene, polyurethane, poly(urea)urethane, pelythiourethane, polythio(urea)urethane, polyol(allyi carbonate), cellulose acetate, cellulose diacetate, cellulose triacetate, cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate, polyalkene, polyalkyiene-vinyl acetate, poly(vinylacetate), poly(vinyl alcohol), poly(vin.y1 chloride), pely(vinyiformai),. .poly(vinylacetal), poly(vinylidene chloride), poly(ethylene terephthalate)., polyester, polysulfone, polyolefin, copolyrners.thereof, and/or mixtures thereof.
[0811 Further, , the organic host material can form an optical element or portion:
thereof. Non-limiting examples of optical elements include ophthalmic, elements, display elements, windows, and mirrors. As used herein the term "optical" means pertaining to or associated with light and/or vision. For example, although not limiting herein, according to various non-limiting embodiments, the optical element or device can be chosen from ophthalmic elements and devices, display elements and devices, windows, mirrors, packaging material such as shrinkwra-p, and active and passive liquid crystal cell elements and devices, [082] As used herein the term "ophthalmic" means pertaining to or associated with the eye and vision. Non-limiting examples of ophthalmic elements include corrective and non-corrective lenses, including single vision or multi-vision lenses, which may be either segmented or non-segmented multi-vision lenses (such as, but not limited to, bifocal lenses, trifocal lenses and progressive lenses), as well as other elements used to 'correct, prefect, or enhance (cosmetically or otherwise) vision, including. without limitation, contact lenses, intra-ocular lenses, magnifying lenses, and protective lenses or visors. As used herein the term "display"
means the visible or machine-readable representation of information in words, numbers, symbols, designs or drawings. Non-limiting examples of display elements and devices include screens, monitors, and security elements, including without limitation, security marks and authentication marks. As used herein the term "window" means an aperture adapted to permit the transmission of radiation therethrough, Non-limiting examples of windows include INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) automotive and aircraft transparencies, filters, shutters, and optical switches. As used herein the term "mirror" means a surface that specularly reflects a large fraction of incident light.
[083] For example, the organic host material can be an ophthalmic element, and more particularly, an ophthalmic lens.
[084] Further, it is contemplated that the photochromic compounds disclosed herein can be used alone or in conjunction with at least one other complementary organic photochromic compound having at least one activated absorption maxima within the range of 300 nm to 1000 nm, inclusive (or substances containing the same). For example, the photochromic compound disclosed herein can be combined with at least one other conventional organic photochromic compound such that the combination of photochromic compound, when activated, exhibits a desired hue. Non-limiting examples of suitable conventional organic photochromic compounds include the pyrans, oxazines, fulgides and fulgimides described hereinafter.
[085] Non-limiting examples of thermally reversible complementary photochromic pyrans include benzopyrans, naphthopyrans, e.g., naphtho[1,2-b]pyrans, naphtho[2,1-b]pyrans, indeno-fused naphthopyrans, such as those disclosed in U.S. Patent 5,645,767, and heterocyclic-fused naphthopyrans, such as those disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,723,072, 5,698,141, 6,153,126, and 6,022,497; spiro-9-fluoreno[1,2-b]pyrans;
phenanthropyrans; quinopyrans;
fluoroanthenopyrans; spiropyrans, e.g., spiro(benzindoline)naphthopyrans, spiro(indoline)benzopyrans, spiro(indoline)naphthopyrans, spiro(indoline)quinopyrans and spiro(indoline)pyrans. More specific examples of naphthopyrans and the complementary organic photochromic substances are described in U.S. Patent 5,658,501.
Spiro(indoline)pyrans are also described in the text, Techniques in Chemistry, Volume III, "Photochromism", Chapter 3, Glenn H. Brown, Editor, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, 1971.
[086] Non-limiting examples of thermally reversible complementary photochromic oxazines include benzoxazines, naphthoxazines, and spiro-oxazines, e.g., spiro(indoline)naphthoxazines, spiro(indoline)pyridobenzoxazines, spiro(benzindoline)pyridobenzoxazines, spiro(benzindoline)naphthoxazines, spiro(indoline)benzoxazines, spiro(indoline)fluoranthenoxazine, and spiro(indoline)quinoxazine.
[087] More non-limiting examples of thermally reversible complementary photochromic fulgides include: fulgimides, and the 3-furyl and 3-thienyl fulgides and fulgimides, which are disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,931,220 and mixtures of any of the aforementioned photochromic materials/compounds.
[088] For example, it is contemplated that the photochromic compounds disclosed herein can be used alone or in conjunction with another conventional organic photochromic compound (as discussed above), in amounts or ratios such that the organic host material into which the photochromic compounds are incorporated, or onto which the organic host materials are applied, can exhibit a desired color or colors, either in an activated or a "bleached" state. Thus the amount of the photochromic compounds used is not critical provided that a sufficient amount is present to produce a desired photochromic effect. As used herein, the term "photochromic amount" refers to the amount of the photochromic compound necessary to produce the desired photochromic effect.
[089] The present invention also provides a photochromic article comprising a substrate, and an at least partial coating of a coating composition having a photochromic amount of a photochromic compound of the present disclosure connected to at least a portion of at least one surface thereof of the substrate. Further, although not limiting herein, at least a portion of the at least partial coating can be at least partially set. As used herein the term "set" means to fix in a desired orientation.
[090] For example, according to the above-mentioned non-limiting embodiment, the coating composition can be chosen from, without limitation, polymeric coating compositions, paints, and inks. Further, in addition to the photochromic compounds disclosed herein, the coating compositions according to various non-limiting embodiments can further comprise at least one other conventional organic photochromic compounds having at least one activated absorption maxima within the range of 300 nm to 1000 nm, inclusive.
[091] Non-limiting examples of suitable substrates to which the coating composition comprising the photochromic amount of the photochromic compounds can be applied include glass, masonry, textiles, ceramics, metals, wood, paper and polymeric organic materials. Non-limiting examples of suitable polymeric organic materials are set forth above.
[092] Further provided are optical elements comprising a substrate and an at least partial coating comprising at least one photochromic compound of the present disclosure connected to at least a portion of the sUbstrate. Non -limiting examples of optical elements include, ophthalmic elements, display elements, windows, and mirrors. For example, the optical element can be an ophthalmic element, and the substrate can be an ophthalmic substrate chosen from corrective and non-corrective lenses, partially formed lenses, and lens blanks.
[093] Although not limiting herein, the optical elements can comprise any amount of the photochromic compound necessary to achieve the desired optical properties, such as but not limited to, photochromic properties and dichroic properties.
[094] Other non-limiting examples of substrates that are suitable for use in conjunction with the foregoing non-limiting embodiment include untinted substrates, tinted substrates, photochromic substrates, tinted-photochromic substrates, linearly polarizing substrates, circularly polarizing substrates, elliptioaliy polarizing substrates, reflective substrates, and wave plates or retarder substrates, e.g., quarter wave plate and half wave plate.
As used herein with reference to substrates the term "untintee means substrates that are essentially free of .coloring agent additions (such as, but not limited to, conventional dyes) and have an absorption spectrum for visible radiation that does not vary significantly in response to actinic radiation.
Further, with reference to substrates the term 'tinted means substrates that have a coloring agent addition (such as, but not limited to, conventional dyes) and an absorption spectrum for visible radiation that does not vary significantly in response to actinic radiation.
[095] As used herein the term "linearly polarizing" with reference to substrates refers to substrates that are adapted to linearly polarize radiation (i.e., confine the vibrations of the electric vector of light waves to one direction). As used herein the term "circularly polarizing' with reference to substrates refers to substrates that are adapted to circularly polarize radiation.
As used herein the term "elliptically polarizing' with reference to substrates refers to substrates that are adapted to elliptically polarize radiation. As used herein with the term "photochromic"
with reference to substrates refers to substrates having an absorption spectrum for visible radiation that varies in response to at least actinic radiation and is thermally reversible. Further, as used herein with reference to substrates, the term "tinted-photochromic"
means substrates containing a coloring agent addition as well as a photochromic compound, and having an absorption spectrum for visible radiation that varies in response to at least actinic radiation and is thermally reversible. Thus for example, the tinted-photochromic substrate can have a first color characteristic of the coloring agent and a second color characteristic of the combination of the coloring agent and the photochromic compound when exposed to actinic radiation.
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) [096] The present invention also is directed to an optical element.
comprising .a.
substrate and an at least partial coating comprising at least one photochromic compound of the present disclosure connected to at least a portion Of the substrate. As discussed above, the optical elements according to the present invention can be display elements, such as, but not limited to screens, monitors, and security elements. For example, the optical element can be a display element comprising a first substrate having a first surface, a second substrate having a second surface, wherein the second surface of the second substrate is opposite and spaced apart from the first surface .of the first substrate so as to define a gap;
and a fluid material comprising at least one photochromic compound of the present disclosure positioned within the gap defined by the first surface of the first substrate and the second surface of the second substrate, [097] The first and second substrates can be independently chosen from untinted substrates., tinted substrates,. photochromic substrates, tinted-photochromic substrates, linearly polarizing substrates, circularly polarizing substrates, elliptically polarizing substrates and reflective substrates and retarder substrates, [098] The present invention also provides a security element comprising a substrate and at least one photochromic compound of the present disclosure connected to at least a portion of the substrate. Non-limiting examples of security elements include security marks and authentication marks that are connected to at least a portion of a substrate, such as and without limitation: access cards and passes, e.g,, tickets, badges, identification or membership cards, debit cards etc.; negotiable instruments and non-negotiable instruments e.g., drafts, checks,.
bonds, notes, certificates of deposit, stock certificates, etc.; government documents, e.g., currency, licenses, identification cards, benefit cards, visas, passports, official certificates, deeds etc,: oonsumeiegoods, e.g., software, compact discs (CDs'), digital-video discs ("DVDS"), appliances, consumer electronics, sporting goods, cars, etc.; credit cards;
and merchandise tags, labels and packaging.
[099] Although not. limiting herein, the security element can be connected' to at least a portion of a substrate chosen from .a transparent substrate and a reflective substrate.
Alternatively, wherein a reflective substrate is required, if the substrate is not reflective or sufficiently reflective for the intended application, a reflective material can be first applied to at least a portion of the substrate before the security mark is applied thereto.
For example, a reflective aluminum coating can be applied to the at least a portion of the substrate prior to forming the security element thereon. Still further, security element can be connected to at least INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) a portion of a substrate chosen from untinted substrates, tinted substrates, photochromic substrates, tinted-photochromic substrates, linearly polarizing, circularly polarizing substrates, and elliptically polarizing substrates.
[0100] Furthermore, the aforementioned security element can further comprise one or more other coatings or sheets to form a multi-layer reflective security element with viewing angle dependent characteristics as described in U.S. Patent No. 6,641,874.
[0101] The photochromic articles and optical elements described above can be formed by methods known in the art. Although not limiting herein, it is contemplated that the photochromic compounds disclosed herein can be connected to a substrate or host by incorporation into the host material or application onto the host or substrate, such as in the form of a coating.
[0102] For example, the photochromic compound can be incorporated into an organic host material by dissolving or dispersing the photochromic compound within the host material, e.g., casting it in place by adding the photochromic compound to the monomeric host material prior to polymerization, imbibition of the photochromic compound into the host material by immersion of the host material in a hot solution of the photochromic compound or by thermal transfer. As used herein the term "imbibition" includes permeation of the photochromic compound alone into the host material, solvent assisted transfer of the photochromic compound into a porous polymer, vapor phase transfer, and other such transfer methods.
[0103] Additionally, the photochromic compound disclosed herein can be applied to the organic host material or other substrate as part of a coating composition (as discussed above) or a sheet comprising the photochromic compound. As used herein the term "coating"
means a supported film derived from a flowable composition, which may or may not have a uniform thickness. As used herein the term "sheet" means a pre-formed film having a generally uniform thickness and capable of self-support. In such cases ultraviolet light absorbers can be admixed with the photochromic materials before their addition to the coating or sheet or such absorbers can be superposed, e.g., superimposed, as a coating or film between the photochromic article and the incident light.
[0104] Non-limiting methods of applying coating compositions comprising the photochromic compounds disclosed herein include those methods known in the art for applying coatings, such as, spin coating, spray coating, spray and spin coating, curtain coating, flow coating, dip coating, injection molding, casting, roll coating, wire coating, and overmolding. The coating (which may be in the form of a coating composition) comprising the photochromic compound can be applied to a mold and the substrate can be formed on top of the coating (i.e., overmolding). Additionally or alternatively, a coating composition without the photochromic compound can be first applied to the substrate or organic host material using any of the aforementioned techniques and thereafter imbibed with the photochromic compound as described above.
[0105] Non-limiting examples of coating compositions of film forming polymers that can include photochromic materials are as follows: photochromic/dichroic liquid crystal coatings, such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 7,256,921 at column 2, line 60 to column 94, line 23;
photochromic polyurethane coatings, such as those described in U.S. Patent No.
6,187,444 at column 3, line 4 to column 12, line 15; photochromic aminoplast resin coatings, such as those described in U.S, Patent Nos, 6,432,544 at column 2, line 52 to column 14, line 5 and 6,506,488 at column 2, line 43 to column 12, line 23; photochromic polysiloxane coatings, such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 4,556,605 at column 2, line 15 to column 7, line 27; photochromic poly(meth)acrylate coatings, such as those described in U.S. Patent Nos.
6,602,603 at column 3, line 15 to column 7, line 50, 6,150,430 at column 8, lines 15-38, and 6,025,026 at column 8, line 66 to column 10, line 32; polyanhydride photochromic coatings, such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 6,436,525 at column 2, line 52 to column 11, line 60;
photochromic polyacrylamide coatings such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 6,060,001 at column 2, line 6 to column 5, line 40; photochromic epoxy resin coatings, such as those described in U.S.
Patent Nos. 6,268,055 at column 2, line 63 to column 15, line 12; and photochromic poly(urea-urethane) coatings, such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 6,531,076 at column 2, line 60 to column 10, line 49.
[0106] Non-limiting methods of applying sheets comprising the photochromic compound disclosed herein to a substrate include, for example, at least one of:
laminating, fusing, in-mold casting, and adhesively bonding the polymeric sheet to the at least a portion of the substrate.
As used herein, the in-mold casting includes a variety of casting techniques, such as but not limited to: overmolding, wherein the sheet is placed in a mold and the substrate is formed (for example by casting) over at least a portion of the substrate; and injection molding, wherein the substrate is formed around the sheet. Further, it is contemplated that the photochromic compound can be applied to the sheet as a coating, incorporated into the sheet by imbibition or by other suitable methods, either prior to applying the sheet to the substrate or thereafter.
[0107] The polymeric sheet can comprise a polymeric composition of any of a wide variety of polymers, including both thermosetting polymers and thermoplastic polymers. As used herein, the term "polymer' is intended to include both polymers and oligomers, as well as both homopolymers and copolymers. Such polymers can include, for example, acrylic polymers, polyester polymers, polyurethane polymers, poly(urea)urethane polymers, polyamine polymers, polyepoxide polymers, polyamide polymers, polyether polymers, polysiloxane polymers, polysulfide polymers, copolymers thereof, and mixtures thereof. Generally these polymers can be any polymers of these types made by any method known to those skilled in the art.
[0108] The polymers used to form the polymeric sheet also may comprise functional groups including, but not limited to, carboxylic acid groups, amine groups, epoxide groups, hydroxyl groups, thiol groups, carbamate groups, amide groups, urea groups, isocyanate groups (including blocked isocyanate groups) mercaptan groups, groups having ethylenic unsaturation e.g., acrylate groups), vinyl groups, and combinations thereof. Appropriate mixtures of film-forming resins may also be used in the preparation of the coating compositions. If the polymer composition from which the polymeric sheet is formed comprises functional group-containing polymers (such as any of the previously mentioned functional group-containing polymers), the polymer composition can further comprise a material having functional groups reactive with those of said polymer. Reaction may be facilitated, for example, by thermal, photoinitiated, oxidative, and/or radiative curing techniques. Also contemplated are mixtures of any of the foregoing polymers.
[0109] Further non-limiting examples of polymers suitable for use in forming the polymeric sheet of the present invention are the thermoplastic block copolymers of polyalkyl(meth)acrylate and polyamide described in Published U.S. Patent Application 2004/0068071 Al at paragraphs [0020] ¨[00421; and U.S. Patent No. 6,096,375 at column 18, line 8 to column 19, line 5.
[0110] The polymeric sheet can comprise an elastomeric polymer, for example thermoplastic elastomeric polymers. As used herein, by "elastomeric polymer" is meant a polymer that has a high degree of resiliency and elasticity such that it is capable of at least partially reversible deformation or elongation. In some instances, when stretched, the molecules of an elastomer are aligned and can take on aspects of a crystalline arrangement;
and upon release, the elastomer can, to some extent, return to its natural disordered state For purposes of the present invention, elastomeric polymers can include thermoplastic, thermoplastic elastomeric polymers, and thermosetting polymers provided such polymers fall within the description provided above for 4elastomeric polymer".
[0111] The elastomeric polymer can comprise any of wide variety of art recognized elastomers including but not limited to copolymers of any of the previously mentioned polymers.
In an embodiment of the present invention, the elastomeric polymer can comprise a block copolymer having ether and/or ester linkages in the polymer backbone. Examples of suitable block copolymers can include, but are riot limited to, poly(amicie-ether) block copolymers, poly(ester-ether) block copolymers, poly(ether-urethane) block copolymers, poly(ester-urethane) block copolymers, and/or poly(ether-urea) block copolymers, Suitable specific examples of such elastomeric polymers can include, but are not limited to, those commercially available under the tradenames DESMOPAN and TEXIN from Bayer Material Science;
ARNiTEL from Royal IDSM: and PEBAX from Atofina Chemicals or Cordis Corporation.
[0112] Moreover, as discussed above, the photochromic compounds disclosed herein can be incorporated or applied alone, or in combination with at least one other conventional organic photochromic compound, which can also be applied or incorporated into the host materials and substrates as described above. Additional coatings may be applied to the photochromic article including other photochromic coatings, anti-reflective coatings, linearly polarizing coatings, transitional coatings, primer coatings, adhesive coatings, mirrored coatings and protective coatings including antifogging coatings, oxygen barrier coatings and ultraviolet light absorbing coatings [0113] The embodiments described herein are further illustrated by the following non limiting examples.
EXAMPLES
The present invention has been described with reference to specific details of particular embodiments thereof. It is not intended that such details be regarded as limitations upon the scope of the invention except insofar as to the extent that they are included in the accompanying claims, INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) Part 1 describes the preparation of Examples 1--12 and Comparative Examples .(CE) 1-6. Part 2 describes. the testing of the photoc.hromic properties of the Examples and Comparative Examples.
Part 1 ¨ Preparation of Examples 1-12 and Comparative Examples 1-6.
Example 1 Step 1 3-Brorno-4'-methylbenzophenone (50 g), dimethyl succinate (34.5 g) and toluene (1 liter) were added to a reaction flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer, a solid addition funnel and a nitrogen blanket, The mixture was stirred at room temperature until the solids were dissolved. Solid potassium t-butoxide (22.4 g) was added through the solid addition funnel and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. The resulting reaction mixture was poured into 1 L of water and the resulting aqueous layer, which contained the product, was collected. The toluene layer. was .extracted with 200 mt. water. The combined water solution was washed with tolueneõ. HU (2 N, 20 rriL) .was added to the water solution.
Yellow oil precipitated. The resulting mixture was extracted .with ethyl acetate, dried over magnesium sulfate, concentrated and dried in vacuum. Yellow glassy oil (55 g) was obtained as product. It was used directly in the next step.
Step 2 The yellow glassy oil, a mixture of the Stobbe acid products from Step 1, (55 g) and acetic anhydride (300 mi..) was mixed and refluxed in a reaction flask equipped with a condenser. After one hour, the acetic anhydride was removed by vacuum evaporation and 55 grams of oil was obtained as the product. It was used directly in the next step.
Step 3 To a reaction flask containing the 55 grams of oil obtained from Step 2 was added methanol (300 mt.,) and I.-lei (12 N, 1. mi.). The mixture was refluxed for four hours.
Methanol was removed .by vacuum evaporation. The recovered, oil was dissolved in methylene chloride, washed with sodium bicarbonate saturated water, dried over magnesium sulfate, concentrated and dried in vacuum. The resulting oil (51 g) was used directly in the next step.
Step 4 The product (51 g) from Step 3 was dissolved in 500 mi. of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (11-1F) in an oven dried flask equipped with a dropping funnel and a magnetic stir bar. The
Examples of protecting groups can be found in Wuts and Greene, 'Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis," John Wiley & Sons, 4th ed. 2006; Harrison et al., 'Compendium of Organic Synthetic Methods," Vol. 1-11, John Wiley & Sons 1971-2003; Larock "Comprehensive Organic Transformations,"
John Wiley INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) & Sons 2nd ed. 2000; and Paquette, "Encyclopedia of Reagents for Organic Synthesisõ" .John Wiley & Sons, .11th ed. 2003. Examples of amino protecting groups include., but are not limited to., formyl, acetyl, trifluordacetyl, benzyl, benzyloxycarbonyl (CBZ), tert-butoxycarbonyi (Boo), trimethylsilyl (WS), 24rimethylsilyl-ethanesulfonyl (SES), trityl and substituted trityl groups, allyloxycarbonyl, 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (FMOC)., nitro-veratryloxycarbonyl (NVOC), and the like. Examples of hydroxy protecting groups include, but are not limited to, those in which the hydroxy group is either acylated or alkylated such as benzyl, and trityl ethers as well as alkyl ethers, tetranydropyranyl ethers, trialkylsily1 ethers, and allyi ethers.
[0371 "-Sily1". by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a radical of the formula -SiR3 R31R31 where each of R30, R31, and R31 is independently selected from alkyl, alkoxyl, and phenyl, which can each be substituted, as defined herein, [03.81 "Siloxy" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a radical of the formula -0SiR30F.31Rj1 where each of Rm., R31., and Wl is independently selected from alkyl, alkoxyl, and phenyl, which can each be substituted, as defined herein.
[09] "Substituted' refers to :a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms are independently replaced with the same or different substituent(s). Examples of substituents include, but are not limited to, -R64, -R6 , -0', (-OH), ---=;0, OR,-SR6 , S, S, -NR60R61, =NV, -CX3, -CN, -CF3, -OCN, --S0N, -NO, -NO2, 7-112, -N3, -S(0)20-, -S(0)20H, -S(0)2R6C, -05(02)0-, -0S(0)2R60, --P(0)(0-)2,- -P(0)(OR63)(0-), -0P(0)((.R63)(0R61)õ -C(0)R60, -C(S)R610, -C(0)0R6 , -C(0)NR60R61, .-C(0)C1, -C(S)0R60õ -NR62C(0)NR6 R61, -NR62C(S)NR60R61, '-NR62C(NR63)NR60R61, -C(NR62)NR62R61, -S(0)2, NR60R61, -NR63S(0)2R60, -NR63C(0)R60, and -S(0)R6 where each -Fe is independently a halogen; each R6 and R61 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, substituted aikoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyi, heterocycioalkyl, substituted heteroc.ycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylaik.yl, heteroarylalkyl, or substituted heteroarylalkyl, .or R6 and Rcl together with the nitrogen atom .to which they .are bonded form a heterocyclo-alkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl., heteroaryl, or substituted heteroaryl ring,. and R62 and R63 are independently .hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylelkyl, substituted aryialkyl, cyck)alkyi, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heteroaiylalkylõ or substituted heteroarylalkyl, or R62 and R63 together with the atom to which they are bonded form one or more heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, or substituted heteroaryl rings, INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) In certain embodiments, a tertiary amine or aromatic nitrogen may be substituted with one or more oxygen atoms to form the corresponding nitrogen oxide.
[040] "Sulfonate" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a sulfur radical of the formula ¨S(0)20-, [041] ''Sulfonyl" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a sulfur radical of the formula -S(0)2R6 where R6 may be selected from hydrogen, alkyl., substituted alkyl, alkoxy., substituted .alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycioalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, arylalkyl, substituted .aryialkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and substituted heteroarylalkyl, [0421 In certain embodiments, substituted aryl and .substituted heteroaryl include one.
or more of the following .substitute groups: F, Cl,. Br, C1.3 alkyl, substituted alkyl, C1..3 alkoxy, ¨
S(0)2NR50R51, ¨NR,50R51, ¨CF3, ¨CN, ¨NR50S(0)2R51, ¨NR500(0)R51, C5_10 aryl, substituted 05.10aryl, C5.10 heteroaryl, substituted. C5.10 heteroarylõ
¨C(0)0R50, NO2,e -.C(0)R , ¨C(0)NR50R51, -,OCHF2, acyl, ¨SR.50, ¨S(0)20H, ¨S(0)2R50, ¨S(0)R50, ¨C(S)R5 , ¨C(0)O, ¨C(S)0R53, ----NW0C(0)NR51R52: ¨NR5 C(S).NeR52, and ¨C(NR5INFe1fe, C3..3 cycloalkyl, and substituted C3.8 cycloalkyl, wherein R.5 , R5', and R52 are each independently selected from hydrogen and 01-04 alkyl, [043] As used in this specification and the appended claims, the articles "a," "an,". and "the" include plural referents unless expressly and unequivocally limited to one referent.
[044] Unless otherwise indicated, all numbers expressing quantities of ingredients, reaction conditions, and other properties or parameters used in the specification are to be understood as being modified, in all instances by the term "about."
Accordingly, unless otherwise indicated, it should be understood that the numerical parameters set forth in the following specification and attached claims are approximations. At the very least, and not as an attempt to limit the application of the doctrine of equivalents to the scope of the claims, numerical parameters should be read in light of the number of reported significant digits and. the application of ordinary rounding techniques.
[045] All numerical ranges herein include all numerical values and ranges of all numerical values within the recited range of numerical values. Further, while the numerical ranges and parameters setting forth the broad scope of the disclosure are approximations as discussed above, the numerical values set forth in the Examples section are reported as precisely as possible. It should be understood, however, that such numerical values inherently INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) contain certain errors resulting from the measurement equipment and/or measurement technique, [046] As used herein the term 'liquid crystal cell" refers to a structure containing a liquid crystal material that is capable or being ordered. Active liquid crystal cells are cells wherein the liquid crystal material is capable of being switched between ordered and disordered states or between two ordered states by the application of an external force, such as electric or magnetic fields. Passive liquid crystal cells are cells wherein the liquid crystal material maintains an ordered state. One non-limiting example of an active liquid crystal cell element or device is a liquid crystal display.
[047] The phrase "an at least partial coating" means an amount of coating covering from a portion to the complete surface of the substrate, The phrase an at least partially cured coating" refers to a coating in which the curable or crosslinkable components are at least partially cured, crosslinked and/or reacted. In alternate non-limiting embodiments, the degree of reacted components, can vary widely, e.g., from 5% to 100% of all the possible curable, crosslinkabie and/or reactable components, [048] The phrase 'an at least partially abrasion resistant coating or film"
refers to a coating or film that demonstrates a Bayer Abrasion Resistance Index of from at least 1.3 to 10.0 in ASTM F-735 Standard Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Transparent Plastics and Coatings Using the Oscillating Sand Method. The phrase "an at least partially antireflective coating" is a coating that at /east partially improves the antireflective nature of the surface to which it is applied by increasing the percent transmittance as compared to an uncoated surface.
The improvement in percent transmittance can range from I to 9 percent above the untreated surface. Put another way, the percent transmittance of the treated surface can range from a percentage greater than the untreated surface up to 99.9, [049] As previously discussed, conventional thermally reversible photochromic compounds are adapted to switch from a first state to a second state in response to actinic radiation, and to revert back to the first state in response to thermal energy. More specifically, conventional thermally reversible, photochromic compounds are capable of transforming from one isomeric form (for example and without limitation, a closed form) to another isomeric form (for example and without limitation, en open form) in response to actinic radiation, and reverting back to the closed form when exposed to thermal energy. As previously mentioned, the present invention is directed to a compound of Formula If INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) Res (R5)m." ______ I
31\
(R5)n Formula ll, [0501 With reference to Formula II, R1 is selected from halogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryi, aikoxy, perhaioalkoxy, carboxy, amino, optionally substituted amino, cyan , nitro, sulfonyl, sulfonato, alkylcarbanyl, and alkoxycarbonyl, as described herein below, [051] Further with reference to Formula H, R5 for each occurrence, is independently selected from chiral or achiral groups selected from forrnyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonylamino, aryloxycarbonylarnino, boronlc acid, boronic acid esters, cycloalkoxycarbonylamino, heterocycloalkyloxycarbonylamino, heteroaryloxycarbonyiamino, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkehyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, halogen, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted aikoxy, optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, and optionally substituted amino. Additionally, m is an integer from 0 to 3, such as from 0 to 2; and n is an integer from 0 to 4, such as from 0 to 3, or from 0 to 2, [052] Also, referring to Formula If above, R6 and R7 are each independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxy and chiral or achiral groups selected from optionally substituted INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) heteroalkyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted .alkynyi, optionally substituted aryi, optionally substituted heteroarylõ
optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, halogen; optionally substituted amino, carboxy, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyi, optionally substituted alkoxy, and aminocarbonyt, or Ri and R2.
may be taken together with any intervening atoms to form a group selected from oxo, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, and optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl.
[053] Substituents B and Fare each independently -selected from hydrogen, halogen, and chiral or achiral groups selected from metallocenyi, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally' substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryiõ optionally substituted neterocycicalkyl, and optionally substituted cycloalkyl, or wherein B and B' are taken together with any intervening atoms to form a group selected from optionally substituted cycloalkyl and. optionally substituted hoterodycipalkyl.:
[054] For example, with reference .to Formula II, R1. can be selected from optio.nalry substituted Ci.Cealkanyl, such as .optionally substituted .C.1.-C4-alkanyl;
optionally. substituted 02-C6 alkenyl, such as optionally substituted CC4 alkenyl; optionally substituted C2-C6 alkynyl, such as optionally substituted C2-C4 alkynyi; optionally substituted phenyl; C--C6 alkoxy, such as Ci-C4.alkoxy; CI-C6 perhaloaikoxy, such as Ci-C4 perhalcalk.oxy; .Ci-C6 perhaloalkyl, such as CI-C4 perhaloalkyl; chloro; fluoro; cyano; nitro; C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl, such as C1-C4 alkylcarbonyl; and CrCE, alkoxycarbonyl, such as C-C,. alkoxycarbonyl, [055] Likewise, R5 for each occurrence, can be independently selected from formyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, amincc.arbonyl, arylcarbonyl., .aryloxycarbonyi, optionally substituted alkyl, boronic acid ester,halogen., optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally.
substituted aryl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted heteroaikyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl and optionally substituted amino, [056] Further, R.6 and R7 each independently can be selected .from hydrogen, hydroXy, and chiral and achinid groups selected from optionally substituted heteroalkyi, optionally substituted .alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, halogen, optionally substituted amino, -carboxy, alkylcarbonyl, alk.oxycarbonyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, and aminocarbonyi or R1 and R2 may be taken together with anyintervening atoms to form a group selected from oxo, optionally substituted cycloalkyl and optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, In a specific example, R5 and 57 are each independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, and chiral groups selected from optionally INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) substituted .heteroaikyl., optionally substituted alkyl, .optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, halogen, oarboxy, alkyloarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted ,alkoxy, and arninocarbonyl or Ri and R2 may be taken together with .any intervening atoms to form a group selected from oxo and optionally substituted cycioalkyL
[057) Likewise, B and B' are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, chiral or achiral groups selected from optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted cycloalkyl, or wherein B and 8' are taken together with any intervening atoms to form a group selected from optionally substituted cycloalkyl and optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, In a specific example, B and B each independently can be selected from hydrogen, chiral groups selected from optionally substituted optionally Substituted alk.enyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally .substituted. cycloalkyl, or wherein B and B' are taken together with any intervening.
atoms to form a group selected from optionally substituted cycloalkyl.
[0581 In a particular embodiment .of the present invention, referring to Formula II
above, RI is selected from methyl-, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, -0CF3, -0CF2CF3, CF3, CF2CF3, chloro, fluor , bromo, cyano, nitro, acetyl, propio.nyl, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyi; phenyl, phenyl substituted with one or more groups each independently selected from alkoxy, halogen, amino, perhaloalkoxy, aikylcarbonyl, carbon, and alkoxycarbonyl;
R5 for each occurrence is independently selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluor , methoq, ethoxy and CF3.
R6 and R7 are each independently selected from methyl, ethyl, propyi and butyl; and B and B' are each independently selected from .phenyi substituted with one or more groups independently selected from aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, alkyl, .alkenyi, alkynyi, aikoxy, halogen,. amino, alkylcarbonyl, carboxy, and alkoxycarbonyl.
Specific examples of the compound of the present invention can include, but are not limited to 3.,3-bis(4-methoxyphenyl.)-12-bremo-6,1.3,134rimethyl-3H,.13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[1,2-bipyran; 3,3-bis(4-rnethoxypheriy1)-10.,12-dichlara-13,1.3-dimethyl-3H,13H-inderio[2',3`:3,4]naphtholl ,2-bjpyran; 3,3-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)-6,7-dimethoxy-10,12-bis(trifluoromethyl)-1313-dimethyl-3H,13H-indenop',3':3,4jaaphtho[1 ,2-blpyran; 3,3-bis(4-inethoxyphenyl)-10,12-dibromo-6,7-dirnethoxy-11 ,13,13-trirnethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2'õ3':3,41naphthc[1,2--.b]pyran; 3-(4-butoxyphenyl)-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-10,12-dibromo-6-triflurornethyl-13,13.-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,41naphtho[i ,2-b]pyran;
3,3-bis(4-INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) fluoropheny1)-10,12-dibrorno-6.-triflurornethyl-13,13-dimethyl-31-1.13H-indeno[2',.3':3,41naphthor,2.-bjpyran; .3,3-bis(4-methoxyphenyl).-10,12-dibrorno,13,13-dimethyl, 3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphthol1,2-blpyran: 3.-(4-i1uorophehyl)-3,(4,(piperidin-1-Aphenyl)-10,12-dibroma-13,13-dirnethyl-3i1,13H-indeno[2',31:3,41naphtho[1,2-b]oyran; 3-phenyI-3-morpholinophenyl)-10,11, 12-1rimethoxy-13,1`.3-dirnethyl-3H ,131+indeno[2',3':
3,4]naphtho(1 ,2-bibyran; 344-methoxyphenyl)-3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-5,7-difluoro-10,11,124rimethoxy-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[1,2-b]pyren; 3-pheny1-3(4-morpholinophenyl)-6,7-dirnethoxy-12-trifluorornethyl-13,13-dimethyl-indeno[2',3':.3,4]naphtho[1 ,2-b]pyran; and/or 3,3-bis(4-methox.yphenyI)-6,7,10,12-tetramethoxy-13,13-dimethyl-3H, indeno2'3':34]naphtho[1 2-b]pyran.
[059] Any of the previously described compounds may be useful alone, as mixtures, or in combination with other compounds, compositions, and/or materials.
[060] Methods for obtaining the novel compounds described herein will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art, suitable procedures being described, for example, in the reaction schemes and examples below, and in the references cited herein.
[061] In the schemes and examples below, the following abbreviations have the following meanings. If an abbreviation is not defined, it has its generally accepted meaning, Bi(OTf)3 bismuth triflate DHP = 3,.4-dihydro-2H-pyran DCIV1 dichloromethane .DBSA dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid DMF N,N-dimethylformamide DMS0 = dimethylsulfoxide EtMgBr ethyl magnesium bromide Et20 dlethylether gram hour HPLC = high-performance liquid chromatography (iPr)2NH diisopropyl amine HOAc acetic acid WA = lithium diisoprobylamide molar (molarity) MeLi methyl lithium INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) nig milligram min minutes rnL. milliliter mmoi millimoles mM millimoiar Nat0Bu sodium tert-butoxide normal (normality) ng nanogram nm nanometer riM = nanomolar NMP N-methyl pyrrolidone NMR = nuclear magnetic resonance PFTS = pyridine p-toluenesulfonate pTSA p-toluenesulfonic acid THF = tetrahyrdofuran TLC = thin layer chromatography t-BuOH t-butanol (T020 = trifluoromethanesulfonic acid anhydride microliter micromplar [062] As discussed in the schemes outlined further below, compound 105 represents one intermediate that may serve as the basis for preparing the photochromic dichroic dyes described herein. For example, it can be prepared as shown in Scheme 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5. Once prepared, the hydroxy functionality of compound 105 can be used for pyran formation as observed in Scheme 6, INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) . , . .
Scheme 1 H.
Condensation 1 0 o e .H H Stobbe RI = -=N
.....,tatisci,1 0 C) H H
Ri 0 46 OTHP
Hs= mrist DHP, H* . 0"
(fis)erk. Pell 1 I
(Reje, (Re)e (rif.)n 106 (Ron 101 1 CH31, K2CO3 1) acetic 2). Methanol, anhydride 12N HCI
H acetone i P Ri 0 MgX 0 ii= ' faii.1,.. OH=,.. OTHP
i Ms) - "...+
\ - \
Nil) ( 5)n (liOn RiMg8r, R2Mger Fil"
R5 OH 04 Re Ri 0 OH
i R
H 110# II., toluene ' . ..õ,../,- Imi disk, ______ N go , 01.6 [063] Scheme 1 shows one way of preparing compound 105. R6 and R7 may be selected from optionally substituted chiral or achiral groups such as heteroalkyl, alkyl, perfluoroalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl.
[064] The aryl ketone 101 can either be purchased or prepared by Friedel-Crafts methods or Grignard or Cuperate methods known in the art. For example, see the publication Friedel-Crafts and Related Reactions, George A. Olah, Interscience Publishers, 1964, Vol. 3, Chapter )000 (Aromatic Ketone Synthesis); "Regioselective Friedel-Crafts Acylation of 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydroquinoline and Related Nitrogen Heterocycles: Effect on NH Protective Groups and Ring Size" by Ishihara, Yugi et al, J. Chem. Soc., Perkin Trans. 1, pages 3401 to 3406, 1992;
"Addition of Grignard Reagents to Aryl Acid Chlorides: An efficient synthesis of aryl ketones" by Wang, Xiao-jun et al, Organic Letters, Vol. 7, No. 25, 5593-5595, 2005, and references cited therein.
A Stobbe reaction of aryl ketone 101 with dimethyl succinate in the presence of potassium t-butoxide provides the condensed product of compound 102, which undergoes a ring closure reaction in acetic anhydride followed by methanolysis to form the product of compound 103.
[065] Compound 103 can also be prepared from an ester-mediated nucleophilic aromatic substitution reaction starting from compound 106 by methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as further described in Synthesis, January 1995, pages 41-43; The Journal of Chemistry Society Perkin Transaction 1, 1995, pages 235-241 and U.S. Patent No, 7,557,208 B2.
[066] Once prepared, compound 103 can be further converted to indeno-fused product of compound 105 with various substitutions on the bridge carbon via various multistep reactions that can be found in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,645,767; 5,869,658; 5,698,141;
5,723,072; 5,961,892;
6,113,814; 5,955,520; 6,555,028; 6,296,785; 6,555,028; 6,683,709; 6,660,727;
6,736,998;
7,008,568; 7,166,357; 7,262,295; 7,320,826 and 7,557,208. What is shown in Scheme 1 illustrates that compound 103 reacts with Grignard reagent followed by a ring closure reaction to provide compound 105.
Scheme 2 H a OH
Na0H, Ethanol, water H
' =-=., I
(R5),1 (R56 (R5in DBSA, heat R
\
(ROM (ROO (R5)ET (R5)11 OH
Ri, =
/
(RAN
[067] Scheme 2 illustrates a second way of converting compound 103 to compound 105. After hydrolysis of compound 103 followed by a ring closure reaction, compound 202 was obtained. The carbonyl of compound 202 can react with a nucleophile, like Grignard reagent, Organo lithium reagent, or perfluoalkyl trimethylsilane to form compound 203.
R6 may be selected from optionally substituted chiral or achiral groups such as heteroalkyl, alkyl, perfiuoroalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryi, cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl, The hydroxyl group of compound 203 can be easily converted into R7, which may be selected from halogen and optionally substituted chiral or achiral groups such as aikoxy, silanoxy, heteroaryioxy and afyloxy, INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) Scheme 3 OH Wolff-Kishner OH
103 _____ Ri reduction Ri . 4111 301OI, (R5)n (ROrn (R5) (R n dish OH
DHP Ri =STHP ___________________________ R1 411111111r I
(ROITI (Rs)n (R5)1µ (R5)n [068] Scheme 3 illustrates a third way of converting compound 103 to compound 105.
Compound 202 from Scheme 2 can be reduced to 301 using a Wolff-Kishner reduction or its modified version. Examples can be found in "Practical procedures for the preparation of N-tert-butyldimethylsilylhydrozones and their use in modified Wolff-Kishner reductions and in the synthesis of vinyl halides and gem-dihalides" by Myers, Andrew. G. et al, 126, 5436-5445, 2004 and references therein. After hydroxy protection, compound 302 has a very nucleophilic gem-carbon once deprotonated by base like LDA or methyl Grignard reagent. By those skilled in the art, the deprotonated compound 302 can be converted to R6 and R7 by reacting it with electrophiles such as alkyl halides, carbon dioxide, acid chlorides, nitrites and chloroformate derivatives. As a result, compound 106 can be prepared with R6 and R7 selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted chiral or achiral groups selected from heteroalkyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, carboxy, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, or R6 and R7 may be taken together with any intervening atoms to form a group selected from oxo, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, and optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl.
[069] Schemes 4 and 6 summarize two novel methods of preparing compound 105, which are not believed to have been previously described.
Scheme 4 Ri 1). Stobbe condensation 5,t.r1 (Rom, Rs 2). NaOH '.` ) ,r-r7-:-= ' .......................... *
H DBSA
OH Toluene H (ro H õ---OH
H
BrMg RI Ri .L.,, )1.R.;
(R5)m, r----;:- R5 6N, ---- 1,,' 1 .4-add ition (R5 6 )---OHõ,, ----- OH
404 405 (5)r 40?
RI RI
(R. ,4 R6 (R5)m , r..- Re aoetie anhydride methanol, HCi -------------- -... \z...¨\\ .õ........õ..õ, 0 --N=CY'`` (..÷ OH
(kin [070] Scheme 4 starts from aryl ketone 401. R6 may be selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted chiral or achiral groups such as heteroalkyl, alkyl, perfluoroalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl.
[071] After a Stobbe reaction with dimethyl succinate, compound 402 is converted to an anhydride 403. This anhydride can be transformed into an indenone acid 404 with the use of aluminum chloride. A 1,4-addition reaction can be done with the use of nucleophiles like organornetallic reagent, amine, alchohol and thiol. The reaction provides indano acid 405. R7 may be selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted chiral or @chiral groups such as heteroalkyi, alkyl, aikenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heteracycloalkyl, amino, alkoxy, and thiol. Compound 405 can react with a Grignard reagent 406 to form compound 407 after INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) acidic workup. Compound 407 undergoes a ring closure reaction in acetic anhydride followed by methanolysis to form product 408, which can be converted to compound 105 by hydrolysis.
Scheme 5 HO fis.MgBi Rs =
C
R.M9Br S. H R7 j H
H y H
11.
LL\') ORs)n (R5)frk (R5)n 1. Bi(01-03, toiene R ' = 0 I
methanol, HCI RI, Ri, =
2. aceVc anhydnde / L
y, (Rom (Ron (Rom (Ron [0721, Scheme 5 starts from Stobbe product 102, which reacts with Grignard reagent to provide compound 501. Fic and R7 may be selected from optionaliy substituted chiral or achirai groups such as heteroalkyl, alkyl, perfis..toroalkyl, alkenyi, alkynyi, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl. After treating with bismuth trifiate in toluene and then acetic anhydride, two ring closure reactions occurr in the same pot sequentially. The efficient reaction results in compound 408, which can be converted into compound 105.
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) .Scheme 6 \OH R6 ./. 7 B B' 602 (R5),* = = ==.= . = =
(R5)1( = = ill \B' (R5)6 (R5)n 105 Formula Scheme 6. illustrates methods of converting compounds 105 into Formula 11, The pyran ring of.
Formula is formed with the coupling with a .propargyl alcohol 602. B and B' may be each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, and optionally substituted chiral or =achiral groups such as rnetallocenyi, alkyl or perfluoroalkyl, alkenyl, =alkynyi, heteroalkyl, alkoxyõ
perfluoroalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroc.ycloalkyl, and cycloalkyl, or wherein B and B' are taken together with any intervening atoms to form a group such as optionally substituted cycloalKyl and optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl.
[0731 The compounds described herein may be useful as photochromic materials, such as thermally reversible photochromic compounds and/or compositions according to various non limiting embodiments .disclosed herein, Such compounds may be useful in a variety of applications to provide photochromic and, where applicable, photochromic-dichroic properties.
[074] The photochromic compositions of the present invention may comprise at least one of the compounds described herein, and optionally at least, one other photochromic compound. The photochromic composition can be chosen from a variety of materials.
Examples of such materials may be selected from:
(a) a single photochromic compound (b) a mixture of photochromic compounds:
(c) a material comprising at least one photochromic compound such as a polymeric.
resin or an organic monomer solution;
(d) a material such as a monomer or polymer to which at least one photochromic compound is chemically bonded;
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) (e) material (c) or (d) further comprising a coating to substantially prevent contact of the at least one photochromic compound with external materials;
(.0 a photochromic polymer; or (g) mixtures thereof.
[075] The present invention further provides a photochromic article comprising an organic material and a photochromic compound/composition of the present disclosure connected to at least a portion of the organic host material. As used herein the term "connected to" means in direct contact with an object or indirect contact with an object through one or more other structures or materials, at least one of which is in direct contact with the object. Further, the photochromic compound can be connected to at least a portion of the host by incorporation into the host material or by application onto the host material, for example, as part of a coating or layer. In addition to the photochromic compound, the photochromic composition may further comprise at least one additive chosen from dyes including dichroic and non-dichroic dyes, alignment promoters, antioxidants, kinetic enhancing additives, photoinitiators, thermal initiators, polymerization inhibitors, solvents, light stabilizers, e.g., ultraviolet light absorbers and hindered amines stabilizers, heat stabilizers, mold release agents, rheology control agents, leveling agents, free radical scavengers, gelators and adhesion promoters.
[076] Non-limiting examples of organic host materials that may be used in conjunction with various non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein include liquid crystal materials and polymeric materials. In one example, the photochromic article of the present invention comprises a substrate, at least a partial coating of one alignment material, at least one additional at least partial coating of a liquid crystal material, and a compound of Formula II
which is a photochromic compound.
[077] Examples of polymeric materials include homopolymers and copolymers, prepared from the monomers and mixtures of monomers disclosed in U.S. Patent 5,962,617 and in U.S. Patent 5,658,501 from column 15, line 28 to column 16, line 17, an oligomeric material, a monomeric material or a mixture or combination thereof. Polymeric materials can be thermoplastic or thermoset polymeric materials, can be transparent or optically clear, and can have any refractive index required. Non-limiting examples of such disclosed monomers and polymers include: polyol(ally1 carbonate) monomers, e.g., ally' diglycol carbonates such as diethylene glycol bis(ally1 carbonate), which monomer is sold under the trademark CR-39 by PPG Industries, Inc.;
polyurea-polyurethane (polyurea-urethane) polymers, which are prepared, for example, by the reaction of a polyurethane prepolymer and a diamine curing agent, a composition for one such polymer being sold under the trademark TRIVEX by PPG Industries, inc.; polyol(meth)acryloyi terminated carbonate monomer; diethylene glycol dimethacrylate monomers; ethoxylated phenol methacrylate monomers; diisopropenyl benzene monomers; ethoxylated trimethylol propane trlacrylate monomers; ethylene glycol bismethacrylate monomers; poly(ethylene glycol) bismethacryiate monomers; urethane acrylate monomers; poly(ethoxylated bisphenoi A
dimethacrylate);
poly(vinyl acetate); poly(vinyl alcohol): poly(vinyl chloride); poly(vinyklene chloride);
polyethylene; polypropylene; poiyurethanes: polythiourethanes; thermoplastic polycarbonates, such as the carbonate-linked resin derived from bisphenol A and phosgene; one such material being sold under the trademark LEXAN: polyesters, such as the material sold under the trademark MYLAR: poly(ethylene terephthalate); polyvinyl butyral; poly(methyl methacrylate), such as the material said under the trademark PLEXIGLAS, and polymers prepared by reacting polyfunctional isocyanates with polythiols or polyepisulfid.e monomers, either homopolymerized or co-and/or terpolyrnerized with polythiols, poiyisocyan-ates, polyisothiocyanates and optionally ethylenically unsaturated monomers or halogenated aromatic-containing vinyl monomers. Also contemplated are copolymers of such monomers and blends of the described polymers and copolymers with other polymers, for example, to form block copolymers or interpenetrating network products. Polymeric materials .can also be self-assembled Materials.
[078] The polymer may be a block or non-block copolyrner.Such block copolymers may comprise hard blocks and soft blocks. Further, the polymer may be a non-block copolymer (i.e., a copolymer that does not have large blocks of specific monomer residues), such as a .random copolymer, an alternating copolymer, periodic, copolymers, and statistical copolymers. The present disclosure is also intended to cover copolymers of more than two different types of co-monomer residues.
[0791 The organic host material can be chosen from polyacrylates, polym-ethacr/lates, poly(Ci -G1;2) alkyl rnethacrylates, polyexy(alkylene methacrylates), poly (elkoxylated phenol methacryla. tes), cellulose acetate, cellulose triacetate,, cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate, poly(vinyi acetate), poly(vinyl .alcohol), poly(vinyl chloride), poly(yinylidene.
chloride), poly(vinylpyrrolidone), poly((meth)acrylamide)õooly(dimethyl acryla.mide), poly(hydroxyethyl methacrylate), poly((meth)acrylic acid), thermoplastic polycarbonates, polyesters, polyurethanes, polythiourethane% poly(ethylene terephthalate),, polystyrene, poly(alpha rnethylstyrene), copoly(styrene-methylmethacrylate), copoly(styrene-acrylonitrile), polyvinylbutyral and polymers of members of the group consisting of polyol(allyl carbonate)monomers, mono-functional acrylate monomers, mono-functional methacrylate monomers, polyfunctional acrylate monomers, polyfunctional methacrylate monomers, INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) diethylene glycol dimethacrylate monomers., .diisoprop.eny.1 benzene monomers, alkoxylated polyhy.drie, alcohol monomers and diallylidene pentaerythritol monomers, [080]
Also, the organic host material can be a homopolyrner or copolymer of monomer(s) chosen from acrylates, methacrylates, methyl methacrylate., ethylene glycol bis methacrylate, ethoxylated bisphenol A dimethacrylateõ vinyl acetate, vinyibutyral, urethane, thiourethane, diethylene glycol bis(allyi carbonate), diethylene glycol dimethacrylate, dilsopropenyl benzene, and ethoxylated trirnethyloi propane triacrylate. Ther polymeric material most often comprises liquid crystal materials, self-assembling materials, polycarbonateõ
polyamide, polyirnide, poly(meth)acrylateõ polycyclic alkene, polyurethane, poly(urea)urethane, pelythiourethane, polythio(urea)urethane, polyol(allyi carbonate), cellulose acetate, cellulose diacetate, cellulose triacetate, cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate, polyalkene, polyalkyiene-vinyl acetate, poly(vinylacetate), poly(vinyl alcohol), poly(vin.y1 chloride), pely(vinyiformai),. .poly(vinylacetal), poly(vinylidene chloride), poly(ethylene terephthalate)., polyester, polysulfone, polyolefin, copolyrners.thereof, and/or mixtures thereof.
[0811 Further, , the organic host material can form an optical element or portion:
thereof. Non-limiting examples of optical elements include ophthalmic, elements, display elements, windows, and mirrors. As used herein the term "optical" means pertaining to or associated with light and/or vision. For example, although not limiting herein, according to various non-limiting embodiments, the optical element or device can be chosen from ophthalmic elements and devices, display elements and devices, windows, mirrors, packaging material such as shrinkwra-p, and active and passive liquid crystal cell elements and devices, [082] As used herein the term "ophthalmic" means pertaining to or associated with the eye and vision. Non-limiting examples of ophthalmic elements include corrective and non-corrective lenses, including single vision or multi-vision lenses, which may be either segmented or non-segmented multi-vision lenses (such as, but not limited to, bifocal lenses, trifocal lenses and progressive lenses), as well as other elements used to 'correct, prefect, or enhance (cosmetically or otherwise) vision, including. without limitation, contact lenses, intra-ocular lenses, magnifying lenses, and protective lenses or visors. As used herein the term "display"
means the visible or machine-readable representation of information in words, numbers, symbols, designs or drawings. Non-limiting examples of display elements and devices include screens, monitors, and security elements, including without limitation, security marks and authentication marks. As used herein the term "window" means an aperture adapted to permit the transmission of radiation therethrough, Non-limiting examples of windows include INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) automotive and aircraft transparencies, filters, shutters, and optical switches. As used herein the term "mirror" means a surface that specularly reflects a large fraction of incident light.
[083] For example, the organic host material can be an ophthalmic element, and more particularly, an ophthalmic lens.
[084] Further, it is contemplated that the photochromic compounds disclosed herein can be used alone or in conjunction with at least one other complementary organic photochromic compound having at least one activated absorption maxima within the range of 300 nm to 1000 nm, inclusive (or substances containing the same). For example, the photochromic compound disclosed herein can be combined with at least one other conventional organic photochromic compound such that the combination of photochromic compound, when activated, exhibits a desired hue. Non-limiting examples of suitable conventional organic photochromic compounds include the pyrans, oxazines, fulgides and fulgimides described hereinafter.
[085] Non-limiting examples of thermally reversible complementary photochromic pyrans include benzopyrans, naphthopyrans, e.g., naphtho[1,2-b]pyrans, naphtho[2,1-b]pyrans, indeno-fused naphthopyrans, such as those disclosed in U.S. Patent 5,645,767, and heterocyclic-fused naphthopyrans, such as those disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,723,072, 5,698,141, 6,153,126, and 6,022,497; spiro-9-fluoreno[1,2-b]pyrans;
phenanthropyrans; quinopyrans;
fluoroanthenopyrans; spiropyrans, e.g., spiro(benzindoline)naphthopyrans, spiro(indoline)benzopyrans, spiro(indoline)naphthopyrans, spiro(indoline)quinopyrans and spiro(indoline)pyrans. More specific examples of naphthopyrans and the complementary organic photochromic substances are described in U.S. Patent 5,658,501.
Spiro(indoline)pyrans are also described in the text, Techniques in Chemistry, Volume III, "Photochromism", Chapter 3, Glenn H. Brown, Editor, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, 1971.
[086] Non-limiting examples of thermally reversible complementary photochromic oxazines include benzoxazines, naphthoxazines, and spiro-oxazines, e.g., spiro(indoline)naphthoxazines, spiro(indoline)pyridobenzoxazines, spiro(benzindoline)pyridobenzoxazines, spiro(benzindoline)naphthoxazines, spiro(indoline)benzoxazines, spiro(indoline)fluoranthenoxazine, and spiro(indoline)quinoxazine.
[087] More non-limiting examples of thermally reversible complementary photochromic fulgides include: fulgimides, and the 3-furyl and 3-thienyl fulgides and fulgimides, which are disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,931,220 and mixtures of any of the aforementioned photochromic materials/compounds.
[088] For example, it is contemplated that the photochromic compounds disclosed herein can be used alone or in conjunction with another conventional organic photochromic compound (as discussed above), in amounts or ratios such that the organic host material into which the photochromic compounds are incorporated, or onto which the organic host materials are applied, can exhibit a desired color or colors, either in an activated or a "bleached" state. Thus the amount of the photochromic compounds used is not critical provided that a sufficient amount is present to produce a desired photochromic effect. As used herein, the term "photochromic amount" refers to the amount of the photochromic compound necessary to produce the desired photochromic effect.
[089] The present invention also provides a photochromic article comprising a substrate, and an at least partial coating of a coating composition having a photochromic amount of a photochromic compound of the present disclosure connected to at least a portion of at least one surface thereof of the substrate. Further, although not limiting herein, at least a portion of the at least partial coating can be at least partially set. As used herein the term "set" means to fix in a desired orientation.
[090] For example, according to the above-mentioned non-limiting embodiment, the coating composition can be chosen from, without limitation, polymeric coating compositions, paints, and inks. Further, in addition to the photochromic compounds disclosed herein, the coating compositions according to various non-limiting embodiments can further comprise at least one other conventional organic photochromic compounds having at least one activated absorption maxima within the range of 300 nm to 1000 nm, inclusive.
[091] Non-limiting examples of suitable substrates to which the coating composition comprising the photochromic amount of the photochromic compounds can be applied include glass, masonry, textiles, ceramics, metals, wood, paper and polymeric organic materials. Non-limiting examples of suitable polymeric organic materials are set forth above.
[092] Further provided are optical elements comprising a substrate and an at least partial coating comprising at least one photochromic compound of the present disclosure connected to at least a portion of the sUbstrate. Non -limiting examples of optical elements include, ophthalmic elements, display elements, windows, and mirrors. For example, the optical element can be an ophthalmic element, and the substrate can be an ophthalmic substrate chosen from corrective and non-corrective lenses, partially formed lenses, and lens blanks.
[093] Although not limiting herein, the optical elements can comprise any amount of the photochromic compound necessary to achieve the desired optical properties, such as but not limited to, photochromic properties and dichroic properties.
[094] Other non-limiting examples of substrates that are suitable for use in conjunction with the foregoing non-limiting embodiment include untinted substrates, tinted substrates, photochromic substrates, tinted-photochromic substrates, linearly polarizing substrates, circularly polarizing substrates, elliptioaliy polarizing substrates, reflective substrates, and wave plates or retarder substrates, e.g., quarter wave plate and half wave plate.
As used herein with reference to substrates the term "untintee means substrates that are essentially free of .coloring agent additions (such as, but not limited to, conventional dyes) and have an absorption spectrum for visible radiation that does not vary significantly in response to actinic radiation.
Further, with reference to substrates the term 'tinted means substrates that have a coloring agent addition (such as, but not limited to, conventional dyes) and an absorption spectrum for visible radiation that does not vary significantly in response to actinic radiation.
[095] As used herein the term "linearly polarizing" with reference to substrates refers to substrates that are adapted to linearly polarize radiation (i.e., confine the vibrations of the electric vector of light waves to one direction). As used herein the term "circularly polarizing' with reference to substrates refers to substrates that are adapted to circularly polarize radiation.
As used herein the term "elliptically polarizing' with reference to substrates refers to substrates that are adapted to elliptically polarize radiation. As used herein with the term "photochromic"
with reference to substrates refers to substrates having an absorption spectrum for visible radiation that varies in response to at least actinic radiation and is thermally reversible. Further, as used herein with reference to substrates, the term "tinted-photochromic"
means substrates containing a coloring agent addition as well as a photochromic compound, and having an absorption spectrum for visible radiation that varies in response to at least actinic radiation and is thermally reversible. Thus for example, the tinted-photochromic substrate can have a first color characteristic of the coloring agent and a second color characteristic of the combination of the coloring agent and the photochromic compound when exposed to actinic radiation.
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) [096] The present invention also is directed to an optical element.
comprising .a.
substrate and an at least partial coating comprising at least one photochromic compound of the present disclosure connected to at least a portion Of the substrate. As discussed above, the optical elements according to the present invention can be display elements, such as, but not limited to screens, monitors, and security elements. For example, the optical element can be a display element comprising a first substrate having a first surface, a second substrate having a second surface, wherein the second surface of the second substrate is opposite and spaced apart from the first surface .of the first substrate so as to define a gap;
and a fluid material comprising at least one photochromic compound of the present disclosure positioned within the gap defined by the first surface of the first substrate and the second surface of the second substrate, [097] The first and second substrates can be independently chosen from untinted substrates., tinted substrates,. photochromic substrates, tinted-photochromic substrates, linearly polarizing substrates, circularly polarizing substrates, elliptically polarizing substrates and reflective substrates and retarder substrates, [098] The present invention also provides a security element comprising a substrate and at least one photochromic compound of the present disclosure connected to at least a portion of the substrate. Non-limiting examples of security elements include security marks and authentication marks that are connected to at least a portion of a substrate, such as and without limitation: access cards and passes, e.g,, tickets, badges, identification or membership cards, debit cards etc.; negotiable instruments and non-negotiable instruments e.g., drafts, checks,.
bonds, notes, certificates of deposit, stock certificates, etc.; government documents, e.g., currency, licenses, identification cards, benefit cards, visas, passports, official certificates, deeds etc,: oonsumeiegoods, e.g., software, compact discs (CDs'), digital-video discs ("DVDS"), appliances, consumer electronics, sporting goods, cars, etc.; credit cards;
and merchandise tags, labels and packaging.
[099] Although not. limiting herein, the security element can be connected' to at least a portion of a substrate chosen from .a transparent substrate and a reflective substrate.
Alternatively, wherein a reflective substrate is required, if the substrate is not reflective or sufficiently reflective for the intended application, a reflective material can be first applied to at least a portion of the substrate before the security mark is applied thereto.
For example, a reflective aluminum coating can be applied to the at least a portion of the substrate prior to forming the security element thereon. Still further, security element can be connected to at least INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) a portion of a substrate chosen from untinted substrates, tinted substrates, photochromic substrates, tinted-photochromic substrates, linearly polarizing, circularly polarizing substrates, and elliptically polarizing substrates.
[0100] Furthermore, the aforementioned security element can further comprise one or more other coatings or sheets to form a multi-layer reflective security element with viewing angle dependent characteristics as described in U.S. Patent No. 6,641,874.
[0101] The photochromic articles and optical elements described above can be formed by methods known in the art. Although not limiting herein, it is contemplated that the photochromic compounds disclosed herein can be connected to a substrate or host by incorporation into the host material or application onto the host or substrate, such as in the form of a coating.
[0102] For example, the photochromic compound can be incorporated into an organic host material by dissolving or dispersing the photochromic compound within the host material, e.g., casting it in place by adding the photochromic compound to the monomeric host material prior to polymerization, imbibition of the photochromic compound into the host material by immersion of the host material in a hot solution of the photochromic compound or by thermal transfer. As used herein the term "imbibition" includes permeation of the photochromic compound alone into the host material, solvent assisted transfer of the photochromic compound into a porous polymer, vapor phase transfer, and other such transfer methods.
[0103] Additionally, the photochromic compound disclosed herein can be applied to the organic host material or other substrate as part of a coating composition (as discussed above) or a sheet comprising the photochromic compound. As used herein the term "coating"
means a supported film derived from a flowable composition, which may or may not have a uniform thickness. As used herein the term "sheet" means a pre-formed film having a generally uniform thickness and capable of self-support. In such cases ultraviolet light absorbers can be admixed with the photochromic materials before their addition to the coating or sheet or such absorbers can be superposed, e.g., superimposed, as a coating or film between the photochromic article and the incident light.
[0104] Non-limiting methods of applying coating compositions comprising the photochromic compounds disclosed herein include those methods known in the art for applying coatings, such as, spin coating, spray coating, spray and spin coating, curtain coating, flow coating, dip coating, injection molding, casting, roll coating, wire coating, and overmolding. The coating (which may be in the form of a coating composition) comprising the photochromic compound can be applied to a mold and the substrate can be formed on top of the coating (i.e., overmolding). Additionally or alternatively, a coating composition without the photochromic compound can be first applied to the substrate or organic host material using any of the aforementioned techniques and thereafter imbibed with the photochromic compound as described above.
[0105] Non-limiting examples of coating compositions of film forming polymers that can include photochromic materials are as follows: photochromic/dichroic liquid crystal coatings, such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 7,256,921 at column 2, line 60 to column 94, line 23;
photochromic polyurethane coatings, such as those described in U.S. Patent No.
6,187,444 at column 3, line 4 to column 12, line 15; photochromic aminoplast resin coatings, such as those described in U.S, Patent Nos, 6,432,544 at column 2, line 52 to column 14, line 5 and 6,506,488 at column 2, line 43 to column 12, line 23; photochromic polysiloxane coatings, such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 4,556,605 at column 2, line 15 to column 7, line 27; photochromic poly(meth)acrylate coatings, such as those described in U.S. Patent Nos.
6,602,603 at column 3, line 15 to column 7, line 50, 6,150,430 at column 8, lines 15-38, and 6,025,026 at column 8, line 66 to column 10, line 32; polyanhydride photochromic coatings, such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 6,436,525 at column 2, line 52 to column 11, line 60;
photochromic polyacrylamide coatings such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 6,060,001 at column 2, line 6 to column 5, line 40; photochromic epoxy resin coatings, such as those described in U.S.
Patent Nos. 6,268,055 at column 2, line 63 to column 15, line 12; and photochromic poly(urea-urethane) coatings, such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 6,531,076 at column 2, line 60 to column 10, line 49.
[0106] Non-limiting methods of applying sheets comprising the photochromic compound disclosed herein to a substrate include, for example, at least one of:
laminating, fusing, in-mold casting, and adhesively bonding the polymeric sheet to the at least a portion of the substrate.
As used herein, the in-mold casting includes a variety of casting techniques, such as but not limited to: overmolding, wherein the sheet is placed in a mold and the substrate is formed (for example by casting) over at least a portion of the substrate; and injection molding, wherein the substrate is formed around the sheet. Further, it is contemplated that the photochromic compound can be applied to the sheet as a coating, incorporated into the sheet by imbibition or by other suitable methods, either prior to applying the sheet to the substrate or thereafter.
[0107] The polymeric sheet can comprise a polymeric composition of any of a wide variety of polymers, including both thermosetting polymers and thermoplastic polymers. As used herein, the term "polymer' is intended to include both polymers and oligomers, as well as both homopolymers and copolymers. Such polymers can include, for example, acrylic polymers, polyester polymers, polyurethane polymers, poly(urea)urethane polymers, polyamine polymers, polyepoxide polymers, polyamide polymers, polyether polymers, polysiloxane polymers, polysulfide polymers, copolymers thereof, and mixtures thereof. Generally these polymers can be any polymers of these types made by any method known to those skilled in the art.
[0108] The polymers used to form the polymeric sheet also may comprise functional groups including, but not limited to, carboxylic acid groups, amine groups, epoxide groups, hydroxyl groups, thiol groups, carbamate groups, amide groups, urea groups, isocyanate groups (including blocked isocyanate groups) mercaptan groups, groups having ethylenic unsaturation e.g., acrylate groups), vinyl groups, and combinations thereof. Appropriate mixtures of film-forming resins may also be used in the preparation of the coating compositions. If the polymer composition from which the polymeric sheet is formed comprises functional group-containing polymers (such as any of the previously mentioned functional group-containing polymers), the polymer composition can further comprise a material having functional groups reactive with those of said polymer. Reaction may be facilitated, for example, by thermal, photoinitiated, oxidative, and/or radiative curing techniques. Also contemplated are mixtures of any of the foregoing polymers.
[0109] Further non-limiting examples of polymers suitable for use in forming the polymeric sheet of the present invention are the thermoplastic block copolymers of polyalkyl(meth)acrylate and polyamide described in Published U.S. Patent Application 2004/0068071 Al at paragraphs [0020] ¨[00421; and U.S. Patent No. 6,096,375 at column 18, line 8 to column 19, line 5.
[0110] The polymeric sheet can comprise an elastomeric polymer, for example thermoplastic elastomeric polymers. As used herein, by "elastomeric polymer" is meant a polymer that has a high degree of resiliency and elasticity such that it is capable of at least partially reversible deformation or elongation. In some instances, when stretched, the molecules of an elastomer are aligned and can take on aspects of a crystalline arrangement;
and upon release, the elastomer can, to some extent, return to its natural disordered state For purposes of the present invention, elastomeric polymers can include thermoplastic, thermoplastic elastomeric polymers, and thermosetting polymers provided such polymers fall within the description provided above for 4elastomeric polymer".
[0111] The elastomeric polymer can comprise any of wide variety of art recognized elastomers including but not limited to copolymers of any of the previously mentioned polymers.
In an embodiment of the present invention, the elastomeric polymer can comprise a block copolymer having ether and/or ester linkages in the polymer backbone. Examples of suitable block copolymers can include, but are riot limited to, poly(amicie-ether) block copolymers, poly(ester-ether) block copolymers, poly(ether-urethane) block copolymers, poly(ester-urethane) block copolymers, and/or poly(ether-urea) block copolymers, Suitable specific examples of such elastomeric polymers can include, but are not limited to, those commercially available under the tradenames DESMOPAN and TEXIN from Bayer Material Science;
ARNiTEL from Royal IDSM: and PEBAX from Atofina Chemicals or Cordis Corporation.
[0112] Moreover, as discussed above, the photochromic compounds disclosed herein can be incorporated or applied alone, or in combination with at least one other conventional organic photochromic compound, which can also be applied or incorporated into the host materials and substrates as described above. Additional coatings may be applied to the photochromic article including other photochromic coatings, anti-reflective coatings, linearly polarizing coatings, transitional coatings, primer coatings, adhesive coatings, mirrored coatings and protective coatings including antifogging coatings, oxygen barrier coatings and ultraviolet light absorbing coatings [0113] The embodiments described herein are further illustrated by the following non limiting examples.
EXAMPLES
The present invention has been described with reference to specific details of particular embodiments thereof. It is not intended that such details be regarded as limitations upon the scope of the invention except insofar as to the extent that they are included in the accompanying claims, INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) Part 1 describes the preparation of Examples 1--12 and Comparative Examples .(CE) 1-6. Part 2 describes. the testing of the photoc.hromic properties of the Examples and Comparative Examples.
Part 1 ¨ Preparation of Examples 1-12 and Comparative Examples 1-6.
Example 1 Step 1 3-Brorno-4'-methylbenzophenone (50 g), dimethyl succinate (34.5 g) and toluene (1 liter) were added to a reaction flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer, a solid addition funnel and a nitrogen blanket, The mixture was stirred at room temperature until the solids were dissolved. Solid potassium t-butoxide (22.4 g) was added through the solid addition funnel and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. The resulting reaction mixture was poured into 1 L of water and the resulting aqueous layer, which contained the product, was collected. The toluene layer. was .extracted with 200 mt. water. The combined water solution was washed with tolueneõ. HU (2 N, 20 rriL) .was added to the water solution.
Yellow oil precipitated. The resulting mixture was extracted .with ethyl acetate, dried over magnesium sulfate, concentrated and dried in vacuum. Yellow glassy oil (55 g) was obtained as product. It was used directly in the next step.
Step 2 The yellow glassy oil, a mixture of the Stobbe acid products from Step 1, (55 g) and acetic anhydride (300 mi..) was mixed and refluxed in a reaction flask equipped with a condenser. After one hour, the acetic anhydride was removed by vacuum evaporation and 55 grams of oil was obtained as the product. It was used directly in the next step.
Step 3 To a reaction flask containing the 55 grams of oil obtained from Step 2 was added methanol (300 mt.,) and I.-lei (12 N, 1. mi.). The mixture was refluxed for four hours.
Methanol was removed .by vacuum evaporation. The recovered, oil was dissolved in methylene chloride, washed with sodium bicarbonate saturated water, dried over magnesium sulfate, concentrated and dried in vacuum. The resulting oil (51 g) was used directly in the next step.
Step 4 The product (51 g) from Step 3 was dissolved in 500 mi. of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (11-1F) in an oven dried flask equipped with a dropping funnel and a magnetic stir bar. The
37 INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) mixture was stirred at room 'temperature, and 1.4 M .toluenelTHE (1:1) solution .of methyl magnesium bromide was added dropwise.. After the addition, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into '2 L of ice water. The.
pH value of the mixture was adjusted to -2 using HCI (12 N). Ethyl acetate (500 mL) was added. The resulting organic layer was separated, dried over magnesium sulfate, concentrated and dried in vacuum. The recovered product (50 g of oil) was used directly in the next step.
Step 5 The product from Step 4 (50 g) and xylene (300 mi..) were added to a reaction flask equipped with a. magnetic stir bar, p-Toluenesulfonic.. acid (1 g) was added and the resulting mixture was refluxed for eight hours. Xylene was removed by vacuum evaporation and the resulting oily product was dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with water, dried over m.agnesiurn sulfate and concentrated. A. small portion of the product. (50.g of oil) contained four naphthol isomers as .observed from HPLC. The product (1,8 g) was purified using a CortibiFiaSh Rf .froin Teledyne ISC.O. After separation, three cOrnpOnents were obtained.
NMR analysis showed the products to have structures consistent with: 8-bromo-3,7,7-trimethyl-7H-ben.zoEcifluoren-5-ol (0.32 g, desired product); 4-bromo-7,7.,9-trimethyl-7H-benzo[o]fluoren-5-ol (0.08 g); and a mixture (0.36 g) of 10-brorno-3,7,7-trimethyl-7H-benzo[c]fluoren-5-ol (55 weight % of the mixture) and 2-bromo.-7,7,9-1rimethyl.-7H-benzo[c]fluoren-5.-ol (45 weight % of the mixture).
Step 6 The desired naphthol from Step 5, 8-bromo-3,7,74rimethyl-7H-bc--knzo[c]fluoren-5o1 (0.3 g), was placed in a reaction .flask. To the flask was added 0,23 grams of 1,1-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)prop-2-yn-1-ol, a few crystals of p-toluenesulfonic acid and methylene chloride(10 ml). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for one hour. The product was purified using a CombiFlash RI from Teledyne 15.00. A grey solid was obtained as the product (0.45. 0).. NMR analysis indicated that the product had a Structure .consistent with 3,3.-bis(4-methoxypnenyt)-12-bromo-6,13,13-trimethyl-3H.,.13H-inde.n.o[23':3,41naphtho[1.,2-blpyran as represented by the following graphic formula.
pH value of the mixture was adjusted to -2 using HCI (12 N). Ethyl acetate (500 mL) was added. The resulting organic layer was separated, dried over magnesium sulfate, concentrated and dried in vacuum. The recovered product (50 g of oil) was used directly in the next step.
Step 5 The product from Step 4 (50 g) and xylene (300 mi..) were added to a reaction flask equipped with a. magnetic stir bar, p-Toluenesulfonic.. acid (1 g) was added and the resulting mixture was refluxed for eight hours. Xylene was removed by vacuum evaporation and the resulting oily product was dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with water, dried over m.agnesiurn sulfate and concentrated. A. small portion of the product. (50.g of oil) contained four naphthol isomers as .observed from HPLC. The product (1,8 g) was purified using a CortibiFiaSh Rf .froin Teledyne ISC.O. After separation, three cOrnpOnents were obtained.
NMR analysis showed the products to have structures consistent with: 8-bromo-3,7,7-trimethyl-7H-ben.zoEcifluoren-5-ol (0.32 g, desired product); 4-bromo-7,7.,9-trimethyl-7H-benzo[o]fluoren-5-ol (0.08 g); and a mixture (0.36 g) of 10-brorno-3,7,7-trimethyl-7H-benzo[c]fluoren-5-ol (55 weight % of the mixture) and 2-bromo.-7,7,9-1rimethyl.-7H-benzo[c]fluoren-5.-ol (45 weight % of the mixture).
Step 6 The desired naphthol from Step 5, 8-bromo-3,7,74rimethyl-7H-bc--knzo[c]fluoren-5o1 (0.3 g), was placed in a reaction .flask. To the flask was added 0,23 grams of 1,1-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)prop-2-yn-1-ol, a few crystals of p-toluenesulfonic acid and methylene chloride(10 ml). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for one hour. The product was purified using a CombiFlash RI from Teledyne 15.00. A grey solid was obtained as the product (0.45. 0).. NMR analysis indicated that the product had a Structure .consistent with 3,3.-bis(4-methoxypnenyt)-12-bromo-6,13,13-trimethyl-3H.,.13H-inde.n.o[23':3,41naphtho[1.,2-blpyran as represented by the following graphic formula.
38 INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) Br --c_ 1 .......
,,,,-----'-1:., /
Example 2 Step 1 Magnesium turnings (5.38 g) and THF (50 ml) were placed in a. dry flask equipped with a dropping funnel which contained a mixture of 1-bromo-3:5-dichlorobenzene (50 g) and THU:
(300 mi). 30 Milliliters of the solution in the dropping funnel .was added to the flask. A few drops of dibromoethane were added to the flask to help initiate the reaction.
After a few minutes, solvent in the reaction flask started to boil. The remaining solution in the dropping funnel was added drop wise. ice water was used occasionally to cool the reaction mixture.
After the addition, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for two hours.
Benzenitrile (22.82 g) was added to the reaction mixture. The mixture was refiuxed for 2 days. 3 N HCI
(300 mIL).was added. The mixture was stirred for 4 hours and extracted using ethyl acetate.
The organic layer was collected in a .separatory funnel and concentrated. The obtained oil (49 g) was used in the next step without further purification.
Step 2 The product from Step 1 (47 g), dimethyl succinate (36 g) and toluene (500 ml.) were added to a reaction flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer, a solid addition funnel and a nitrogen blanket. The .mixture was stirred at room temperature until the solids dissolved.
Solid potassium t-butoxide (23.1 g) was added through the solid addition .funnel and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. The resulting reaction mixture was poured into 1 L of water and the resulting aqueous layer, which contained the product, was collected. The toluene layer was extracted with 200 rril_ water. The combined water solution was washed with toluene. HCI (3 N) was added to the water solution to adjust the pH to 5.
The resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over magnesium.
sulfate,
,,,,-----'-1:., /
Example 2 Step 1 Magnesium turnings (5.38 g) and THF (50 ml) were placed in a. dry flask equipped with a dropping funnel which contained a mixture of 1-bromo-3:5-dichlorobenzene (50 g) and THU:
(300 mi). 30 Milliliters of the solution in the dropping funnel .was added to the flask. A few drops of dibromoethane were added to the flask to help initiate the reaction.
After a few minutes, solvent in the reaction flask started to boil. The remaining solution in the dropping funnel was added drop wise. ice water was used occasionally to cool the reaction mixture.
After the addition, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for two hours.
Benzenitrile (22.82 g) was added to the reaction mixture. The mixture was refiuxed for 2 days. 3 N HCI
(300 mIL).was added. The mixture was stirred for 4 hours and extracted using ethyl acetate.
The organic layer was collected in a .separatory funnel and concentrated. The obtained oil (49 g) was used in the next step without further purification.
Step 2 The product from Step 1 (47 g), dimethyl succinate (36 g) and toluene (500 ml.) were added to a reaction flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer, a solid addition funnel and a nitrogen blanket. The .mixture was stirred at room temperature until the solids dissolved.
Solid potassium t-butoxide (23.1 g) was added through the solid addition .funnel and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. The resulting reaction mixture was poured into 1 L of water and the resulting aqueous layer, which contained the product, was collected. The toluene layer was extracted with 200 rril_ water. The combined water solution was washed with toluene. HCI (3 N) was added to the water solution to adjust the pH to 5.
The resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over magnesium.
sulfate,
39 INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) concentrated and dried in vacuum. Oil was obtained as product. It was used directly in the.
next step.
Step 3 The oil from Step 2, a mixture of the Stobbe acid products, and acetic anhydride (200 ml.) were mixed and refiuxed in a reaction flask equipped with a condenser.
After one hour, the acetic anhydride was removed by vacuum evaporation arid the obtained oil was used directly in the next step.
Step 4 To a reaction flask containing the oil obtained from Step 3 was added methanol (500 mt..) and HCI (12 N, 1 mi). The mixture was refluxed for two hours. Methanol was removed by vacuum evaporation. The recovered oil was dissolved in methylene chloride, washed with sodium bicarbonate saturated water, dried over magnesium sulfate, concentrated and dried in vacuum. Clear oil (48 g) was obtained. Ethyl acetate/hexane .(1/9) was used to crystallize the product. White crystals (12 g) were obtained as the undesired regio-isomer.
The mother liquor was concentrated. Oil (31 g) was obtained. NMR indicated that majority of the product in the oil had a structure consistent with methyl 1-(3,5-dichlorophenyi)4' hydrox.y-2-naphthoate.
Step 5 The procedures from Step 4 to 6 of Example 1 were followed except that methyl 143,5-dichlorophenyl)-4-hydroxy-2-naphthoate (31 g) from Step 4 was used as the starting material. Off-white (10 g) solid was obtained as the product. NiMR analysis indicated that the product had a structure consistent with 3,3-bis(4-n-iethoxypheny1)-10,12-dichloro-13,13-dimethyl-3[1,13H-indeno.2,31:3,41inaphtho[1,2-b]pyran as represented by the following graphic formula.
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) Cl Examp.le 3 Step 1 Magnesium turnings (13.5 g) were placed into a round bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stir bar and'a condenser, 4-Brorno-1,2-dimethoxybenzene (100 g) was dissolved in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (200 riL), A portion (30 mL) of this solution was added to the Mg turnings with stirring. Dibromoethane (1 mL) was added. After a few minutes, the mixture started boiling. The flask was put into an ice bath to control the temperature between 5-10 C. The rest of the solution of 4-bromo-1,2-dimethoxybenzene was added drop wise into the reaction mixture and stirred for 3 h, The temperature was reduced to 0 C
and bist2-(N,N-dimethylemino)ethyliether (82 g) was added slowly over a 5 minute interval, The mixture was stirred for 20 minutes. 3,5-13is(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl chloride (141 g) was diluted with THF (200 mL) and added slowly over a 5 minute interval. The mixture was stirred for 18 h at room temperature. Water (1.5 L) was added slowly to quench the reaction. 3N HCI was used to tune the pH to 2. The resulting aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (Et0Ac) (1 L). The resulting organic layer was collected, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated to provide an oil, The oil was used directly in the next step.
Step 2 The oil from Step 1 (157 g), dirriethyl succinate (80 g) and THF (1L) were placed in a three neck 3 L flask equipped with a mechanical sitrrer. Potassium t-butoxide (52 g) was added batch wise over a 30 minute interval. The resulting mixture was stirred for 2 h. The reaction mixture was added to ice-water (1.5 L) with 10 wt% Neel and stirred for 20 min, The mixture was acidified to pH 4 using 3N HCI. The resulting aqueous layer was extracted INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) with EtOAc (1 1). The organic. layer was collected, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate.
and concentrated to provide oll. The oil was used directly in the next step.
MAR showed that the Major desired product had a structure consistent With 4-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)pheny1)-4-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-3-(methoxycarbonyl)but-3-enoic acid.
Step 3 The oil from Step 2, 4-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-4-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-3-(methoxycarbonyi)but-3-enoic acid (197 g) and acetic anhydride (270 g) were dissolved in CH2C1-2 (1 1). Bismuth .triflate (18.2 g) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to provide a dark colored solid. The product was re-crystallized from isopropanol (0.5 1), The crystals were collected by vacuum filtration and dried to provide a white colored solid (135 g). NMR showed that the product .had a structure consistent with methyl 4-acetoxy-1-(3,5-bis(trifluoroMethyl)p.henyl)-6,7-dimethoxy-2-naphthoate.
Step. 4 The product from Step 3 (1.35 g) was dissolved in THF (1 1) and .methylrnagnesium chloride (525 mL. of 22 wt% in THF) was added drop wise at 0-5 C The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 3 h. The reaction mixture was poured into ice-water (1,5 1) with 10 wt% NaCi. The mixture was stirred for 16 min and acidified to pH 4 using 3N HC1. The mixture was extracted with Et0Ac (1 L). The resulting organic layer was collected and washed with 10 wt% aqueous NaHCO3 solution (0.5 L.). The organic layer was collected, dried with anhydrous MgSO4 and concentrated to an oily residue.
Methanol (0.5 L) was added to the residue to provide a precipitate. The precipitate was collected by vacuum filtration and dried (101 g). NMR showed that the product had p structure consistent with 4-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)pheny1)-6,7-dimethoxy-3-(prop-1-en-2-Anaphthalen-1-ol.
Step 5 A. mixture of the product from Step 4 (180 g), Which Step had been repeated to provide more material., bismuth triflate (13.12 g) and xylene (1.5 1) were placed in a round bottom flask (3. L.) equipped with a condenser and magnetic stir bar. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 18 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to provide an oily residue. The residue was purified by a silica plug using 3:1 hexanes ethyl acetate mixture as the eluent. Fractions containing the desired material were grouped and concentrated to provide a solid (105 g), NMR
showed INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) that the product had a structure consistent with 2,3-dimethoxy-7,7-dimethyl-8,10-bis(trifluoromethyl)-7H-benzo[cifluoren-5-ol, Step 6 The procedures from Step 6 of Example 1 were followed except that 2,3-dimethoxy-7,7-dimethy1-8,10-bis(trifluoromethyl)-7H-benzo[d]fluoren-5-ol from Step 5 was used in place of 8-bromo-3,7,7-trimethyl-7H-benzo[c]fluoren-5-ol. Off-white (10 g) solid was obtained as the product. MIR analysis indicated that the product had a structure consistent with 3,3-bis(4-methoxypheny0-6,7-dimethoxy-10,12-bis(trifluoromethyl)-13,13-dimethyl-311,13H-indeno[2',3';3,4]naphtho[1,2-b]pyran as represented by the following graphic formula, F
F
F,õ.
? \,.
0_, D(arlipie 4 Step 1 Magnesium turnings (3,9 g) and THE (50 ml) were placed in a dry flask equipped with a.
dropping funnel, which contained THF (8Ø0n-11) solution of 2,4,6--tribromotoluene (53 g), One tenth of the solution in the dropping funnel was added to the flask. After a few minutes, solvent in the reaction flask started to boil,. An ice bath was applied. The remaining solution in the dropping funnel was added drop wise at 0 C over a half hour interval.
The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for one hour. The temperature was cooled to 0 C
and bis[2-(N,N-dirnethylamino)ethyljether (28.4 g) was added and stirred for one hour. 3,4-Dimethoxybenzoyl chloride (35,5 g) was added in one portion. The resulting mixture was stirred for 18 h at room temperature. Water (500 mL) was added to the mixture, 12N HCl INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) was used to adjust the pH to 2. DCM was added to the mixture (500 The resulting organic layer was collected; washed with water, saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. Yellow oil (65 g) was obtained.
The oil was used directly in the next step.
Step 2 The product from Step 1 (65 g), dimethyl succinate (30 g) and toluene (500 ml) were added to a reaction flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer, a dropping funnel and a nitrogen blanket. The mixture was stirred at room temperature until the solids were dissolved. A toluene solution of potassium t-pentoxicie (25 wt%, 87.4 g) was added through a dropping funnel and The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, The resulting reaction mixture was poured into 1 L of water and the aqueous layer, which contained the product, was collected. The toluene layer was extracted with 200 ml water.
The combined water solution was washed with toluene. HCI (12 N ) was added to the water solution until pH was adjusted to 5. Yellow oil precipitated, The resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over magnesium sulfate, concentrated and dried in vacuum, Yellow glassy oil (35 g) was obtained as product. It was used directly in the next step.
Step 3 Yellow oil, a mixture of the Stabbe acid products, from Step 2 (35 g), bismuth triflate (2.1 g), dichlorornethane (200 ml) and acetic anhydride (27 g) were added to a reaction flask, mixed and stirred at room temperature for one hour. The mixture was concentrated by vacuum evaporation. To the recovered oil, methanol (500 mL.) and HCI (12 N, 2 mts) was added and the resulting mixture was refluxed for 4 hours. The mixture was then concentrated to an oil. The oil was purified by a plug column separation followed by recrystallization from 1/4 (volume ratio) of ethyl acetate/hexane, White crystals (5 g) were obtained as the products NMR indicated that the product had a structure consistent 'with methyl 1-(3,5--dibromo-4-methylphenyl)-4-hydroxy-6,7-dimethoxy-2-naphthoate.
Step 4 The product (1.5 g) from Step 3 was dissolved in 30 ml of anhydrous THF in an oven dried flask equipped with a dropping funnel and a magnetic stir bar. The mixture was stirred at room temperature. A 3 M THF solution of methyl magnesium bromide (7 was added drop wise After the addition, the mixture was stirred at morn temperature for 18 h, The reaction mixture was then poured into 100 rriL water. The pH of the mixture was adjusted to INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) using HCi (1.2 N)., Ethyl acetate. (100 nit) was added. The resulting organic layer was separated, =dried over magnesium sulfate,. concentrated to provide a solid.
The recovered white solid was used directly in the next step.
Step 5 The product from Step 4, toluene (100 mi.) and bismuth triflate (0.04 g) were added to a reaction flask equipped with a magnetic stir bar. The resulting mixture was refiuxed for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was used for the next step without further purification: A small sample of the mixture was taken out and passed through a plug column, After concentration, white solid was obtained, NMR indicated that the white solid had a structure consistent with 8,10-dibromo--2,3-dimethoxy=-7,7,9-trimethyl-7H-benzo[cifluoren-5-ol.
Step 6 To the product in toluene from .Step 5, 1,1-bis(4-methoxypheny0prop-2-yri-1-ol (0:8 g), a few crystals of p-toluene sulfonio =acid were added. After stirring for one hour at room.
temperature, ail the solvent was. evaporated. The recovered product was purified by Comb; Flash followed by re-cry.stallization.. from diethyl ether. White crystals (0.95 g) were obtained as the product. NMR indicated that the product had a structure consistent with 3,3-bis(4-methoxyphenyi)-10, 12-dibromo-6,7-dirnethoxy-11,13,134imethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3']3,4]naphtho[1,2-bloyran as represented by the following graphic formula.
Br Br I
'tC) N\.. = =
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) gxamgje 5 Step 1 A 2 L reaction flask with tribromobenzene (100 g) and a magnetic stir bar was dried in a vacuum oven at 80 C for 4 hours. Dry THF (500 mL) was added. After dissolution, a Naa saturated ice bath was applied with the use of NaCl (1 Kg) and ice (2.45 Kg).
To the reaction flask, 3M isopropyl magnesium chloride (160 mL) was added drop wise at a speed that controlled the inside temperature to ¨ 0 C. The addition was finished in about 30 minutes. The mixture was stirred for half an hour at the same temperature.
After lowering the temperature to -20 to 0 C, bis[2-(N,N-dimethylamino)ethyliether (61 g) was added slowly over a 5 minute interval and the resulting solution was stirred for 20 minutes. To the same flask at the same temperature, a mixture of 4-1rifluorornethylbenzoyl chloride (73 g) and THF
(100 mL) was added in 5 minutes. The mixture was stirred for 18 h. Water (100 mL) was added slowly to quench the reaction, 3N HCI was used to adjust the pH to 2.
The THF layer was collecited by a separatory funnel, washed with 5% NaOH/water and Naaiwater, dried and concentrated. To the obtained oil, methanol (300 ml) was added. After scratching with a spatula, white crystals crashed out. They were collected by vacuum filtration. NMR
showed that the obtained white crystals (87 g) have a structure consistent with 3,5-dibromo-4'-trifluoromethylbenzophenone.
Step 2 A mixture of the product from Step 1 (75 g), dimethyl succinic ester (32,2 g) and toluene (800 ml) were placed in a three neck 5 L flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer. Solid potassium t-butoxide (22.6 g) was added batch wise over a half an hour. Heat generation and a large amount of precipitate occurred. After two hours, the reaction was stopped by adding water (500 mL). The pH of the mixture was adjusted to 2 using 3 N HCI.
After stirring at room temperature for 10 minutes, the organic layer was collected using a separatoiy funnel, washed with NaCIIHCi, dried over MgSO4. After concentration, hexanes were added to the product. White crystals crashed out that were collected by vacuum filtration. NMR showed that the obtained product (62 grams) had a structure consistent with (E)-4-(3,5-dibromophenyl)-3-(methoxycarbony1)-4-(4-(trifluoromethy1)phenyl)but-3-enoic acid, Step 3 Solid anhydrous lanthanum (ill) chloride (100 g) was ground to very fine powder and then mixed with lithium chloride (52 g) and dry THF (1 liter) in a 5 liter three-neck flask INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) equipped with a mechanical stirrer, a dropping funnel and condenser. The mixture was refluxed for few hours until dissolution. Product from Step 2 (106 g) which step was repeated to produce more material, was dissolved in the mixture. The mixture was then cooled to -15 'C, A Grignard solution of 3M methyl magnesium chloride (238 mi.) was placed in the dropping funnel. The first 30% of the Grignard was dropped into the mixture slowly. Generation of gas bubbles was observed. After the temperature dropped back to -15 C, the remaining Grignard was dropped into the mixture in 2 minutes. After 30 minutes, the reaction was stopped by adding water (1 L) slowly to the mixture. The pH
was adjusted to 4 using acetic add. The mixture turned clear with the formation of two layers. The water layer was drained off. The recovered organic layer was washed with NaCl/water four times and then concentrated to dryness. Light yellowish solid was obtained. The solid was re dissolvedin toluene, Filtration over a silica gel plug column was done to remove baseline impurities. The short plug column was washed with toluene. The clear solution was concentrated to dryness. White solid product was obtained and used in the next step without further purification. A sample was recrystallized from methanol and an NITVIR showed that the purified crystals had a structure consistent with (E)4((3,5-dibromophenyl)(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyOrnethylene)-5.5-dimethyldihydrofuran-2(3H)-one, Step 4 A mixture of the product from Step 3, toluene (500 mL), bismuth trifiate (20 g) and acetic add (0.24 g) was added to a reaction flask and stirred at reflux for 1 hour, The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and acetic anhydride (100 mL) was added. The mixture was heated to reflux for 1 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and filtered through a silica plug column. The plug column was washed with toluene until all the product was washed off, The obtained clear solution was concentrated to dryness. Acetone (50 mL) was added to the obtained solid to provide a slurry, Methanol (250 mL) was added to the slurry and cooled to help with crystallization. The crystals were collected by vacuum filtration. White crystals (58 g) were obtained after drying. MIR showed that the product had a structure consistent with 8,10-dibromo-7,7-dimethy1-3-(trifluoromethyl)-benzo[c]fluoren-5-yl acetate.
Step 5 To a flask containing the product from Step 4 (2,42 g) was added methanol (20 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (10 mL). Concentrated hydrochloric acid (1 mL) was added and the solution was heated to reflux for 4 ft The solvent was removed under vacuum and the residue was INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) purified by passed through a plug of silica gel, using 4:1 (volume ration) of hexanelethyi acetate mixture as the eluent, Fractions containing the desired material were grouped and concentrated to provide a cream colored solid (1.63 g). NMR analysis of the cream colored solid indicated a structure that was consistent with 8,10-dibromo-7,7-dirnethyl-3-(trifluoromethyi)-71-1-benzo[c]fluoren-5--ol.
Step 6 To a chloroform solution (100 mt.) of the product from Step 5 (36.24 g) which step was repeated to produce more material, was added 1-(4-butoxyphenyl)-1-(4-methoxyphenyl)proc-2-yn-1-ol (28,00 g) and 4-dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid (2.40 g). The solution was heated to reflux for 8 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide an oily residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 9:1 (volume ratio) hexane/ethyl acetate mixture as the eluant. Fractions containing the desired material were grouped and concentrated to an oily residue. The residue was re-crystallized from dichforomethane and methanol, The crystals were collected by vacuum filtration and dried to provide a grey solid (20.00 g), NMR analysis of the grey solid indicated a structure that was consistent with 3-(4-butoxypherly1)-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-10,12-dibromo-6-trifluromethyl-13,13-dimethyl-31-1,13H-indeno[23';3.4]naphtho[1,2-b]pyran as represented by the following graphic formula, Br f-...:-:---Br¨\\__/0 , k ---,,, 1 , , 0 1 \ _________________________________________ V
,-"..
õ::....õ,-.-= --,,,, OMe Example 6 The procedures from Example 5 were followed except that 1,1-bis(4-flucrophenyl)prop-2-yn-1-ol was used in place of 1-(4-butoxyphenyl)-1-(4-methoxyphenyl)prop-2-yn-1-oi in Step S. Off-white crystals were obtained as the product, NMR analysis indicated that the product had a structure consistent with 3,3-bis(4-fluorophenyl)-10,12-dibrorno-INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) trifluromethyl-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3õ4jnaphthoil,2-blpyran as represented by.
the following graphic formula Br 4, 77) _______________________________ F
7 ____________________________ \
.Exam pie 7 Step Magnesium (2 g) was pieced in a dry flask equipped with a .dropping funnel which contained a mixture of tribromobenzene (27.5 q) and THE (200 ml). 20 ml of the solution in the dropping funnel was added to the flask. A few drops of dibromoethane were also added to the flask to help initiate the reaction. Few minutes later, solvent in the reaction flask started to boil. Rest of the solution in the dropping funnel was added drop wise. Ice water was used occasionally to cool the reaction mixture. After the addition, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for two hours. At 0 C, bis[2-(N,N-dimethylamino)ethyllether (14 g) was added. Stir for 30 minutes. Then benzoyl chloride (12.3 g) was added in one portion.
Mixture was stirred for 4 hours at 0 C. Water (500 ml) was added to the mixture. 3N Ha was used to .adjust pH to ¨ 5. Ethyl acetate was added to the mixture (500 ml). Organic layer was collected, .washed with water once, washed with sodium bicarbonate once, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The crude product was purified by a plug.
column.
Viscous Oil (8 g) was Obtained .as the prOduct. MAR indicated that the product had 8 structure consistent with 3,5-dibromobenzophenone. Same reaction was scaled up so that 30 grams of product was obtained.
Step 2 The product from Step 1 (30 g), dimethyl succinate (17 g) and toluene (500 ml) were added to a reaction flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer, a solid addition funnel and a nitrogen blanket. The mixture was stirred at room temperature until the solids were INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) dissolved, Solid potassium t-butoxide (11 g) was added through the solid addition funnel and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The resulting reaction mixture was poured into 1 L of water and the aqueous layer, which contained the product, was collected. The toluene layer was extracted with 200 ml water. The combined water solution was washed with toluene. HCI (3 N ) was added to the water solution to adjust pH to 5. The resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over magnesium sulfate, concentrated and dried in vacuum. Light yellow solid was obtained as the product. It was used directly in the next step Step 3 A mixture of the Stobbe acid products from Step 2 and acetic anhydride (200 ml) was mixed and refiuxed in a reaction flask equipped with a condenser, After two hours: the acetic anhydride was removed by vacuum evaporation and the obtained oil was used directly in the next step.
Step 4 To a reaction flask containing the oil obtained from previous was added methanol (200 mL) of and HC I (12 N, 2 ml), The mixture was refiuxed for two hours. Methanol was removed by vacuum evaporation The recovered oil was dissolved in ethyl acetae, washed with sodium bicarbonate saturated water, dried over magnesium sulfated, concentrated until white crystals started to crash out from hot solution. The mixture was cooled down to room temperature. White crystals were collected and dried (8,8 g). NMR indicated that the product had a structure consistent with 2,4-dibromo-7,7-dimethyi-7H-benzo[c]fluoren-5-ol, which was the undesired region-isomer for this example. The desired isomer was still in the mother liquor, which was concentrated and dried in vacuum. Brownish oil (19 g) was obtained and used directly in the next step.
Step 5 The procedures from Step 4 to 6 of Example 1 were followed except that the crude product from Step 4 was used as the starting material. Off-white crystals were obtained as the product. NMR analysis indicated that the product had a structure consistent with 3,3-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)-10,12-dibromo-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indenopr,3'3,4}naphtho[1,2-b]pyran as represented by the following graphic formula.
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) Pr Br- /
Example 8 The procedures from Step 1 to 5 of Example 7 were 'followed except that 1-0-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-(piperidin-1-yi)phenyl)prop-2-yri-l-ol was used in place of 1,1-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)prop-2-yri-1 -ol in last step. Off-white crystals were obtained as the product.
NMR analysis indicated that the product had a structure consistent with 3-(4-fluoropheny1)-3-(4-(piperidin-1-Aphenyl)-10,12-dibromo-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-indeno[2`,33,4]naphtho[1,2-blpyran as represented by the following graphic formula, Pr Br_ ¨
\
(7\ -N/
Example 9 Step 1 Pherlylmagnesium bromide/diethyl ether (3M, 100 mi.) solution was added to a a two-neck reaction flask equipped with an additional funnel and magnetic stirrer.
The flask was seated in ice bath. Tetramethyl ethylene diamine (58 ml)/THF (100m1) was added to the flask slowly. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour. 3,4,5-Trimethoxybenzoyi chloride (69 g)/THF (200 ml) was dropped to the flask over 30 minutes. The cooling batch was removed 1 hour after the addition. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight.
The resulting yellow cloudy mixture was poured into ice water (1L), Concentrated HCI (37%, INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) 200 mL) was added to the mixture slowly. The resulting mixture was then extracted with ethyl acetate twice (400mL + 200 mL) The to layers were washed with water and brine.
The recovered organic solutions were combined and dried over Na2SO4. Part of ethyl acetate was stripped off and hexane was added to the concentrated solution.
So/id product containing 3,4,5-trimethoxybenzophenone was precipitated out and filtered off (74g).
Step 2 The product from Step 1 (74 g), solid potassium t-butoxide (69 g) and toluene (900 mt..) were added to a 21... three-neck reaction flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer under a nitrogen blanket. Dimethyl succinate (70g) in toluene (100 mL) was added to the flask through the addition funnel and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into 600 mt.. of water. The bottom aqueous layer, which contained the product, was collected, HCI (12 N, 50 mL) was added to the water solution. Yellow oil precipitated. The resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (800 mL). The top organic layer was washed with water and brine, then dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and dried in vacuum. Yellow glassy oil (112 g) was obtained as product. Mass spectroscopy indicated desired molecular weight of 368. The product was used in the next step without further purification.
Step 3 The yellow glassy oil (112 g), a mixture of the Stobbe acid products from Step 2, was dissolved in acetic anhydride (150 in a single-neck 1L reaction flask equipped with a condenser. The mixture was heated under ref uxing for 15 hours. The acetic anhydride was removed by vacuum evaporation and 152 grams of oil was obtained as the product. it was used in the next step without further purification.
Step 4 To a IL reaction flask containing the 150 grams of oil obtained from Step 3 was added methanol (500 ml..) and FICI (12 N, 5 mL). The mixture was heated under refluxino for 5 hours. Methanol was removed by vacuum evaporation. The residue oil was purified by chromatography to provide 107 grams of oily product. 70 grams of solid product was precipitated out from the oily mixture. Mass spectroscopy indicated desired molecular weight of 368. The solid product was dried in vacuum oven.
Step 5 The solid product (35 g) from Step 4 was dissolved in 500 rniõ of anhydrous tetrahydroluran (THF) in an oven dried flask equipped with addition funnel and magnetic stir INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) bar, The 'flask was seated .in ice bath, and 3 M THF solution of methyl .magnesium chloride (180 mt..) was added dropwise. After the addition, the mixture was heated under refluxing.
for 2 hours, The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and poured into 400 mt..
of ice water. The mixture was acidified by HCI (12 N, 70 The resulting mixture was extratcted with ethyl acetate twice with (400. +200 mi.). The top organic layers were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and dried in vacuum. The crude product (35 g of oil) was used in the next step without further purification.
Step 6 The product from Step 5 (35 g) and xylene (80 mt.) were added to a 500 mL
reaction flask equipped with Dean-Stark trap, water condenser and a magnetic stir bar.
Bismuth(ill) trifluoromethanesulfonate (0.1 g) was added and the resulting mixture was heated under refluxing for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was fiitered through a silica gel plug. The product (30 g) was obtained as off-yellow oil.
The product was, used in next step without further purification.
Step 7 The oily naphthol from .Step 6 (5g) and dodecyl benzene sulfonic acid (1 drop) was dissolved in CHCI3 (50 mL) in a 250 mL reaction flask. To the flask was added 1-phenyl-I-(4-morpholinophenyl)prop-2-yri-1-ol (4.5 g). The mixture was heated under refluxing for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was purified by chromatography. Two solid products were isolated. NMR analysis indicated that one of the products had a structure consistent with .3-phenyl-3- (4-morpholinophenyi)-10,11,12-trimethoxy-13,13-dimethyl.-3H,13H-indenof2',31:3,4inaphtho[1,2-b]pyran as represented by the following graphic formula.
p \'s = IT i ---N 0 j r.-- /
=, 0 INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) Example 10 The procedures from Exa.mple 9 were followed except that 3,5-diflOorophenyl magnesium brornide. Was used in place of.phenylMagnesiUrnbromide in Step 1 and 1-(4-methoxypheny1'-(4-morpholinophe.nyl)prop-2-yn-1-ol was used in place of 1 -phenyl-.1 )-(4.-morpholinophenyl)prop-2.-yn-1 -ol in Step 7. Off-white crystals were obtained .as the product.
NMR analysis indicated that the product had a structure consistent with 3-(4-methoxypheny1)-3-(4-morph.olinopheny1)-5:7-difluoro-10,11, 12-trimethoxy-13,13-dirnethyl-3H,13H-indenop3':3,.4]naphthal,Th2-bipyran as represented by the following graphic formula g ./
. = __ .
Example 11 Step 1 3-Fluoromethylbenzoyl chloride (51 g) and veratroie (33 g) were dissolved in (500 mL) in a 21 three-neck reaction flask equipped with magnetic stirrer. The flask was seated in ice bath. Anhydrous Al-Cl3 (41 g) was added to the flask slowly through solid addition funnel. Hydrochloric gas generated from the reaction was absorbed by NaOH
aqueous. solution.. Ice bath was removed upon the completion of addition. The resulting mixture was Stirred at rOOM temperature for Overnight. The yellow cloudy mixture was poured into ice water (500 ht.). Concentrated HC1 (37%, 100 mi.) was added to the mixture slowly. The resulting mixture was then extracted with CF-12C12 (600 mL). The bottom layer was washed with water and brine, and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was stripped off under vacuum. The oily product (90 .g) containing 3-trifluoromethy1-3',4'-dimethoxybenzophenone was used in next step without further purification.
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) Step 2 The product from Step 1 (90 g) and dimethyl succinate (34 mL) were dissolved in anhydrous THF (270 mL) in a 1L three-neck reaction flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer under a nitrogen blanket. Solid potassium t-butoxide (30 g) was added to the flask through addition funnel slowly. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into 600 mL of water. The bottom aqueous layer, which contained the product, was collected. HD (12 N, 50 mL) was added to the water solution, Yellow oil precipitated. The resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate twice (250 mL + 200 mL), The top organic layers were combined, washed with water and brine, then dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and dried in vacuum. Yellow glassy oil (78 g) was obtained as product. The product was used in the next step without further purification.
Step 3 The yellow glassy oil (78 g), a mixture of the Stobbe acid products from Step 2, was dissolved in acetic anhydride (200 niL.) in a single-neck 1L reaction flask equipped with a condenser. The mixture was heated under refuxing for 4 hours. The acetic anhydride was removed by vacuum evaporation and an oily product was obtained as the product.
It was used in the next step without further purification.
Step 4 To a 500 rni., reaction flask containing the product obtained from Step 3 was added methanol (200 mL) and Ha (12 N, 6 mL). The mixture was heated under refluxing for 4 hours. Methanol was removed by vacuum evaporation. The residue oil was purified by chromatography to afford 64 grams of oily product. It was used in the next step without further purification.
Step 5' To a 11_ oven dried flask equipped with addition funnel and magnetic stir bar, was added 3 M THF solution of methyl magnesium chloride (135 mt..), The flask was seated in ice bath.
The oily product (30 g) from Step 4 was dissolved in 200 mi. of anhydrous THF
in a dry flask. The solution was added to the first flask dropwise. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into 400 mL of ice water. The mixture was acidified by HCI (12 N, 80 mi.). The resulting mixture was extratcted with ethyl acetate twice (300 mi. +100 mL). The top organic layers were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and dried in vacuum. The product (35 g of oil) was used in the next step without further purification.
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) Step 6 The product from Step 5 (35 g). and xylene (120 mt...) were added to a 600 mL, reaction flask equipped with Dean-Stark trap, water condenser and a Magnetic stir bar.
Bismuth trifluoromethyl sulfonamate (0,1 g) was added and the resulting mixture was heated under re.fluxing for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was filtered through a silica gel plug. The product (28 g) was obtained as off-yellow oil.
The product was used in next step without further purification.
Step 7 The oily naphthol from Step 6 (4 g) and pyridiniurn p-toluenesulfonate (0.5 g) was dissolved in CHCI3 (30 ml,) in a 250 .rriL reaction flask, To the flask was added 1-phenyl-i-(4-morpholinophenyl)prop-2-yn-l-ol (3 g). The mixture was heated under refluxing for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was purified by chromatography. Solid product (2 g) was recrystalized.out.from the major fraction. NMR analysis indicated that the products had a structure consistent with 3-pheny13-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6õ7.-dimethoxy-124ifluorornethyl-13,13-dimethyl-indeno[23';3,41naphtho[1,.2-blpyran as represented by the following graphic formula.
FF
-\\
NA =
-N.
--11Nrj \
Example 12 The procedures from Example 11 Were followed except that 3,5-dimethoXyberizoyl chloride was used in place of 3-fluoromethylbenzoyi chloride in Step 1 and 1,1'-bis(4-methoxyphenyi)prop-2-yn-1-ol was used in place of I -ph-enyl-1)-(4-morpholinophenypprop-2-yn-1-21 in Step 7, Off-white crystals were obtained as the product. NMR
analysis indicated that the product had a structure consistent with 3,3-bis(4-.methoxyphenyi)-6,7,10,12-INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) . . , .
.
tetramethoxy-13,13-dimethy1-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[1,2-b]pyran as represented by the following graphic formula.
%...,a ? gill ---, 10110 01 AllIF 0 0 911F# =
¨
Comparative Example 1 (CE-1) CE-1 was prepared following the disclosure of U.S. Patent 5,645,767, and is reported to be 3, 3-bis-(4-methoxypheny1)-13,13-dimethy1-3H ,13H-indeno[2',31:3,4]naphtho[1,2-b]pyran as represented by the following graphic formula.
4.1-13C cH3 ill ''''' OCH3 III =
Comparative Example 2 (CE-2) CE-2 was prepared following the disclosure of U.S. Patent 6,296,785, and is reported to be 3,3-bis-(4-methoxypheny1)-6,7-dimethoxy-13,13-dimethy1-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[1,2-b]pyran as represented by the following graphic formula.
4111.0 1 Comparative Example 3 (CE-3) CE-3 was prepared following the procedure of Example 1 in U.S. Patent Publication 2008/0103301, and is reported to be 3,3-bis-(4-methoxypheny1)-6,7-dimethoxy-11-trifluoromethyl-13,13-dimethy1-3H,13H-indeno[2',3`:3,4]naphtho[1,2-b]pyran as represented by the following graphic formula.
F.
F Ofiik oil 0 Comparative Example 4 (CE-41 CE-4 was prepared following the disclosure of U.S. Patent 5,645,767, and is reported to be 3-(4-butoxypheny1)-3-(4-methoxypheny1)-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[27,3':3,4]naphtho[1,2-b]pyran as represented by the following graphic formula.
.4111 OMe Comparitive Example 5 (CE-5) CE-5 was prepared following the disclosure of U.S. Patent 5,645,767, and is reported to be 3-phenyl-3-(4-morpholinopheny1)-10,11-dimethoxy-13,13-dimethy1-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[1,2-bipyran as represented by the following graphic formula.
0 Ali N) kw i 0to 001 =
=
Comparitive Example 6 (CE-6) CE-6 was prepared following the disclosure of U.S. Patent 5,645,767, and is reported to be 3-phenyl-3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6,7-dimethoxy-13,13-dimethy1-3H,13H-indeno[21,31:3,41naphtho[1,2-b]pyran as represented by the following graphic formula.
-,--0' 7 /j.
Part 2 ¨ Photochromic Property Testing Part 2A ¨ Test Square Preparation Testing was done with the compounds described in Examples 1-12, and CE 1-6 in the following manner. A quantity of compound calculated to yield a 1,5x10-3 molal solution was added to a flask containing 50 grams of a monomer blend of 4 parts et.hoxylated bisphenol A
dimethacrylate (BPA 2E0 DMA), 1 part pely(ethylene glycol) 600 dimetnacrylate, and 0,033 weight percent 2,2`-azobis(2-rnethyl propicnitrile) (AIBN), Each compound was dissolved into .the monomer blend by stirring and gentle heating, if necessary. After a .clear solution was obtained, the sample was degassed in a vacuum oven for 5-10 minutes at 25 torr. Using a syringe, the sample was poured into a flat sheet mold having an interior dimension of 2.2 mm+/-0.3 mm x 6 inch .(15.24 cm) x 6 inch (15.24 cm). The mold was sealed and placed in a horizontal airflow, programmable oven to ramp from 40 C. to 95 C. over a 5 hour interval, hold the temperature at 95 C. for 3 hours, ramp down to 60 C. over a 2 hour interval and then hold at 60 C. for 16 hours. After curing, the mold was opened, and the polymer sheet was cut into 2 inch (5.1 cm) test squares using a diamond blade saw.
Part 2B ¨ Resonse Testing Prior to response testing on the optical bench, the photochromic test squares from Part 2A were exposed to 365 nm ultraviolet light for about 30 minutes at a distance of .about 1.4 cm from the source to cause the photochromio material to transform from the ground state-form to.
an activated-state form, and then placed in a 75 C oven for about 20 minutes to allow the photochromio material to revert back to the ground state-form.. The test squares were then cooled to room temperature, exposed to fluorescent room lighting for at least 2 hours, and then kept covered (that is., in a dark environment) for at least 2 hours prior to testing on an optical bench maintained at 73 F (23 C), The optical bench fitted with a Schott 3mm KG-2 band-pass filter, neutral density filter(s) and a Newport Model# 67005 300-watt Xenon arc lamp with Model# 69911 power supply in association with a Newport Mod& 689456 Digital INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) Exposure/Timer was used to control the intensity of the irradiance beam utilized for activation of the sample. A Uniblitz mode:1# CS.25S3ZMO with model# VMM-D3 controller) .high-speed computer controlled shutter, a fused sca condensing lens for beat c011imatiOn of this activation lamp beam though a quartz glass water bath sample chamber.
A custom made broadband light source for monitoring response measurements was directed through the sample such that the angle between the activation source and the monitoring beam is 30 degrees with the sample positioned perpendicular to this monitoring beam. This broad beam light source is obtained by collecting and combining separately filtered light from a 100-Watt tungsten halogen lamp (controlled by a Lambda UP60-14 constant voltage powder supply) with a split-end, bifurcated fiber optical cable to enhance the short wavelength light intensity. After passing through the sample, this monitoring light was refocused into a 2-inch integrating sphere and fed to an Ocean Optics S2000 spectrophotometer by fiber optic cables. Ocean Optics SpectraSuite and PPG proprietary software were used to measure response and control the operation of the optical bench.
The Anaaai, is the wavelength in the visible spectrum at which the maximum absorption of.
the activated-state form of the .photochromic compound in a test square occurs, The wavelength was determined by testing the photochromic test squares in a Varian Cary 4000 UV-Visible spectrophotometer.
The change in Optical density at saturation for each test sample was determined by opening the shutter from the xenon lamp and measuring the transmittance after exposing the test chip to 3W/m2 UVA radiation for 30 minutes. The change in Optical .density at saturation was calculated using the formula: a'OD ta log (%Tb.1%Ta), where %Tb is the percent transmittance in the bleached state, %Ta is the percent transmittance in the activated state both at the Amõa, and the logarithm is to the base 10. The fade half life ("T12") or bleach rate is the time interval in seconds for the absorbance of the activated-state form of the photochromic material in the test squares to reach one half the A.OD at saturation value at room temperature (23 C), after removal of the source of activating light. The ,Sensitivity (AODIMin) is a measure of how quickly the sample darkens and is calculated from the equation A.ODõ, A0D50, x 12.
The compounds of Examples 3, 4,, 11 and 12. and Comparative Examples 2, 3. and exhibited dual peak absorptions in the visible spectrum (lambda max visible) in distinct color regions. For each lambda max visible, the corresponding optical density (A
OD/Min, and A OD
at saturation) as well as fade half life are tabulated in Table 1 for the two bands (A and B) of peak absorption.
Si INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) The results are listed in Table I. Comparative Example 1 is similar in structure and should be compared to Examples 1, 2 arid 7 Comparative Examples 2 and 3 are similar in structure and should be compared to Examples 3 and 4, Comparative Example 4 is similar in structure and should be compared to Example 5, Comparative Example 5 is similar in structure and should be compared to Example 9 Comparative Example 6 is similar in structure and should be compared to Example 11. Examples 6 and 8 have distinctive substituents as B and B. Examples 10 and 12 have distinctive substituents as R5.
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) TABLE 1 - Photochromic Performance Test Results Example # Arõ,_vis Sensvity ADD at I IA 1 (nrn) AOD/Min saturation (sec) ........................................... _ ____________ 1 558 0,50 0,56 74 2 590 0.40 0,29 39 3A 469 0.40 0.30 39 3B 572 0.25 0.19 39 4A 457 0.42 0.59 93 4B 572 0.26 0.38 93 565 0,23 0,09 14 -------------------------------- _ 6 531 0.40 0,25 33 7 553 0.55 0.41 41 8 608 0.41 1 0.29 37 ___________________________________________ i 9 593 0.72 1.5 210 r --------------------573 0.70 0.85 110 _ 11A 490 0.34 0,60 153 118 590 0.35 0.62 149 ....................... . ...... t ...
12A 1 448 0,50 1.10 279 12B 574 0,33 0.77 308 CE 1 558 0,67 0.86 121 CE 2-A 451 0,61 1.27 236 CE 2-8 574 0.35 0,72 251 CE 3-A 455 0.45 0.68 107 CE 3-B 572 0.25 0.41 107 i CE 4 557 0.53 0.85 140 CE 5 605 0.52 1,56 448 -CE 6A 484 0,40 1,24 471 CE 6B 1 594 0.38 116 470 i_ ...........................................................
It is to be understood that the present description illustrates aspects of the invention relevant to a clear understanding of the invention. Certain aspects of the invention that would be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art and that, therefore, would not facilitate a better understanding of the invention have not been presented in order to simplify the present INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) description. Although the present invention has been described in connection with certain embodiments, the present invention is not limited to the particular embodiments disclosed, but is intended to cover modifications. The scope of the claims should not be limited by the embodiments set out herein but should be given the broadest interpretation consistent with the description as a whole.
next step.
Step 3 The oil from Step 2, a mixture of the Stobbe acid products, and acetic anhydride (200 ml.) were mixed and refiuxed in a reaction flask equipped with a condenser.
After one hour, the acetic anhydride was removed by vacuum evaporation arid the obtained oil was used directly in the next step.
Step 4 To a reaction flask containing the oil obtained from Step 3 was added methanol (500 mt..) and HCI (12 N, 1 mi). The mixture was refluxed for two hours. Methanol was removed by vacuum evaporation. The recovered oil was dissolved in methylene chloride, washed with sodium bicarbonate saturated water, dried over magnesium sulfate, concentrated and dried in vacuum. Clear oil (48 g) was obtained. Ethyl acetate/hexane .(1/9) was used to crystallize the product. White crystals (12 g) were obtained as the undesired regio-isomer.
The mother liquor was concentrated. Oil (31 g) was obtained. NMR indicated that majority of the product in the oil had a structure consistent with methyl 1-(3,5-dichlorophenyi)4' hydrox.y-2-naphthoate.
Step 5 The procedures from Step 4 to 6 of Example 1 were followed except that methyl 143,5-dichlorophenyl)-4-hydroxy-2-naphthoate (31 g) from Step 4 was used as the starting material. Off-white (10 g) solid was obtained as the product. NiMR analysis indicated that the product had a structure consistent with 3,3-bis(4-n-iethoxypheny1)-10,12-dichloro-13,13-dimethyl-3[1,13H-indeno.2,31:3,41inaphtho[1,2-b]pyran as represented by the following graphic formula.
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) Cl Examp.le 3 Step 1 Magnesium turnings (13.5 g) were placed into a round bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stir bar and'a condenser, 4-Brorno-1,2-dimethoxybenzene (100 g) was dissolved in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (200 riL), A portion (30 mL) of this solution was added to the Mg turnings with stirring. Dibromoethane (1 mL) was added. After a few minutes, the mixture started boiling. The flask was put into an ice bath to control the temperature between 5-10 C. The rest of the solution of 4-bromo-1,2-dimethoxybenzene was added drop wise into the reaction mixture and stirred for 3 h, The temperature was reduced to 0 C
and bist2-(N,N-dimethylemino)ethyliether (82 g) was added slowly over a 5 minute interval, The mixture was stirred for 20 minutes. 3,5-13is(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl chloride (141 g) was diluted with THF (200 mL) and added slowly over a 5 minute interval. The mixture was stirred for 18 h at room temperature. Water (1.5 L) was added slowly to quench the reaction. 3N HCI was used to tune the pH to 2. The resulting aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (Et0Ac) (1 L). The resulting organic layer was collected, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated to provide an oil, The oil was used directly in the next step.
Step 2 The oil from Step 1 (157 g), dirriethyl succinate (80 g) and THF (1L) were placed in a three neck 3 L flask equipped with a mechanical sitrrer. Potassium t-butoxide (52 g) was added batch wise over a 30 minute interval. The resulting mixture was stirred for 2 h. The reaction mixture was added to ice-water (1.5 L) with 10 wt% Neel and stirred for 20 min, The mixture was acidified to pH 4 using 3N HCI. The resulting aqueous layer was extracted INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) with EtOAc (1 1). The organic. layer was collected, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate.
and concentrated to provide oll. The oil was used directly in the next step.
MAR showed that the Major desired product had a structure consistent With 4-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)pheny1)-4-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-3-(methoxycarbonyl)but-3-enoic acid.
Step 3 The oil from Step 2, 4-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-4-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-3-(methoxycarbonyi)but-3-enoic acid (197 g) and acetic anhydride (270 g) were dissolved in CH2C1-2 (1 1). Bismuth .triflate (18.2 g) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to provide a dark colored solid. The product was re-crystallized from isopropanol (0.5 1), The crystals were collected by vacuum filtration and dried to provide a white colored solid (135 g). NMR showed that the product .had a structure consistent with methyl 4-acetoxy-1-(3,5-bis(trifluoroMethyl)p.henyl)-6,7-dimethoxy-2-naphthoate.
Step. 4 The product from Step 3 (1.35 g) was dissolved in THF (1 1) and .methylrnagnesium chloride (525 mL. of 22 wt% in THF) was added drop wise at 0-5 C The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 3 h. The reaction mixture was poured into ice-water (1,5 1) with 10 wt% NaCi. The mixture was stirred for 16 min and acidified to pH 4 using 3N HC1. The mixture was extracted with Et0Ac (1 L). The resulting organic layer was collected and washed with 10 wt% aqueous NaHCO3 solution (0.5 L.). The organic layer was collected, dried with anhydrous MgSO4 and concentrated to an oily residue.
Methanol (0.5 L) was added to the residue to provide a precipitate. The precipitate was collected by vacuum filtration and dried (101 g). NMR showed that the product had p structure consistent with 4-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)pheny1)-6,7-dimethoxy-3-(prop-1-en-2-Anaphthalen-1-ol.
Step 5 A. mixture of the product from Step 4 (180 g), Which Step had been repeated to provide more material., bismuth triflate (13.12 g) and xylene (1.5 1) were placed in a round bottom flask (3. L.) equipped with a condenser and magnetic stir bar. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 18 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to provide an oily residue. The residue was purified by a silica plug using 3:1 hexanes ethyl acetate mixture as the eluent. Fractions containing the desired material were grouped and concentrated to provide a solid (105 g), NMR
showed INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) that the product had a structure consistent with 2,3-dimethoxy-7,7-dimethyl-8,10-bis(trifluoromethyl)-7H-benzo[cifluoren-5-ol, Step 6 The procedures from Step 6 of Example 1 were followed except that 2,3-dimethoxy-7,7-dimethy1-8,10-bis(trifluoromethyl)-7H-benzo[d]fluoren-5-ol from Step 5 was used in place of 8-bromo-3,7,7-trimethyl-7H-benzo[c]fluoren-5-ol. Off-white (10 g) solid was obtained as the product. MIR analysis indicated that the product had a structure consistent with 3,3-bis(4-methoxypheny0-6,7-dimethoxy-10,12-bis(trifluoromethyl)-13,13-dimethyl-311,13H-indeno[2',3';3,4]naphtho[1,2-b]pyran as represented by the following graphic formula, F
F
F,õ.
? \,.
0_, D(arlipie 4 Step 1 Magnesium turnings (3,9 g) and THE (50 ml) were placed in a dry flask equipped with a.
dropping funnel, which contained THF (8Ø0n-11) solution of 2,4,6--tribromotoluene (53 g), One tenth of the solution in the dropping funnel was added to the flask. After a few minutes, solvent in the reaction flask started to boil,. An ice bath was applied. The remaining solution in the dropping funnel was added drop wise at 0 C over a half hour interval.
The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for one hour. The temperature was cooled to 0 C
and bis[2-(N,N-dirnethylamino)ethyljether (28.4 g) was added and stirred for one hour. 3,4-Dimethoxybenzoyl chloride (35,5 g) was added in one portion. The resulting mixture was stirred for 18 h at room temperature. Water (500 mL) was added to the mixture, 12N HCl INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) was used to adjust the pH to 2. DCM was added to the mixture (500 The resulting organic layer was collected; washed with water, saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. Yellow oil (65 g) was obtained.
The oil was used directly in the next step.
Step 2 The product from Step 1 (65 g), dimethyl succinate (30 g) and toluene (500 ml) were added to a reaction flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer, a dropping funnel and a nitrogen blanket. The mixture was stirred at room temperature until the solids were dissolved. A toluene solution of potassium t-pentoxicie (25 wt%, 87.4 g) was added through a dropping funnel and The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, The resulting reaction mixture was poured into 1 L of water and the aqueous layer, which contained the product, was collected. The toluene layer was extracted with 200 ml water.
The combined water solution was washed with toluene. HCI (12 N ) was added to the water solution until pH was adjusted to 5. Yellow oil precipitated, The resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over magnesium sulfate, concentrated and dried in vacuum, Yellow glassy oil (35 g) was obtained as product. It was used directly in the next step.
Step 3 Yellow oil, a mixture of the Stabbe acid products, from Step 2 (35 g), bismuth triflate (2.1 g), dichlorornethane (200 ml) and acetic anhydride (27 g) were added to a reaction flask, mixed and stirred at room temperature for one hour. The mixture was concentrated by vacuum evaporation. To the recovered oil, methanol (500 mL.) and HCI (12 N, 2 mts) was added and the resulting mixture was refluxed for 4 hours. The mixture was then concentrated to an oil. The oil was purified by a plug column separation followed by recrystallization from 1/4 (volume ratio) of ethyl acetate/hexane, White crystals (5 g) were obtained as the products NMR indicated that the product had a structure consistent 'with methyl 1-(3,5--dibromo-4-methylphenyl)-4-hydroxy-6,7-dimethoxy-2-naphthoate.
Step 4 The product (1.5 g) from Step 3 was dissolved in 30 ml of anhydrous THF in an oven dried flask equipped with a dropping funnel and a magnetic stir bar. The mixture was stirred at room temperature. A 3 M THF solution of methyl magnesium bromide (7 was added drop wise After the addition, the mixture was stirred at morn temperature for 18 h, The reaction mixture was then poured into 100 rriL water. The pH of the mixture was adjusted to INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) using HCi (1.2 N)., Ethyl acetate. (100 nit) was added. The resulting organic layer was separated, =dried over magnesium sulfate,. concentrated to provide a solid.
The recovered white solid was used directly in the next step.
Step 5 The product from Step 4, toluene (100 mi.) and bismuth triflate (0.04 g) were added to a reaction flask equipped with a magnetic stir bar. The resulting mixture was refiuxed for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was used for the next step without further purification: A small sample of the mixture was taken out and passed through a plug column, After concentration, white solid was obtained, NMR indicated that the white solid had a structure consistent with 8,10-dibromo--2,3-dimethoxy=-7,7,9-trimethyl-7H-benzo[cifluoren-5-ol.
Step 6 To the product in toluene from .Step 5, 1,1-bis(4-methoxypheny0prop-2-yri-1-ol (0:8 g), a few crystals of p-toluene sulfonio =acid were added. After stirring for one hour at room.
temperature, ail the solvent was. evaporated. The recovered product was purified by Comb; Flash followed by re-cry.stallization.. from diethyl ether. White crystals (0.95 g) were obtained as the product. NMR indicated that the product had a structure consistent with 3,3-bis(4-methoxyphenyi)-10, 12-dibromo-6,7-dirnethoxy-11,13,134imethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3']3,4]naphtho[1,2-bloyran as represented by the following graphic formula.
Br Br I
'tC) N\.. = =
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) gxamgje 5 Step 1 A 2 L reaction flask with tribromobenzene (100 g) and a magnetic stir bar was dried in a vacuum oven at 80 C for 4 hours. Dry THF (500 mL) was added. After dissolution, a Naa saturated ice bath was applied with the use of NaCl (1 Kg) and ice (2.45 Kg).
To the reaction flask, 3M isopropyl magnesium chloride (160 mL) was added drop wise at a speed that controlled the inside temperature to ¨ 0 C. The addition was finished in about 30 minutes. The mixture was stirred for half an hour at the same temperature.
After lowering the temperature to -20 to 0 C, bis[2-(N,N-dimethylamino)ethyliether (61 g) was added slowly over a 5 minute interval and the resulting solution was stirred for 20 minutes. To the same flask at the same temperature, a mixture of 4-1rifluorornethylbenzoyl chloride (73 g) and THF
(100 mL) was added in 5 minutes. The mixture was stirred for 18 h. Water (100 mL) was added slowly to quench the reaction, 3N HCI was used to adjust the pH to 2.
The THF layer was collecited by a separatory funnel, washed with 5% NaOH/water and Naaiwater, dried and concentrated. To the obtained oil, methanol (300 ml) was added. After scratching with a spatula, white crystals crashed out. They were collected by vacuum filtration. NMR
showed that the obtained white crystals (87 g) have a structure consistent with 3,5-dibromo-4'-trifluoromethylbenzophenone.
Step 2 A mixture of the product from Step 1 (75 g), dimethyl succinic ester (32,2 g) and toluene (800 ml) were placed in a three neck 5 L flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer. Solid potassium t-butoxide (22.6 g) was added batch wise over a half an hour. Heat generation and a large amount of precipitate occurred. After two hours, the reaction was stopped by adding water (500 mL). The pH of the mixture was adjusted to 2 using 3 N HCI.
After stirring at room temperature for 10 minutes, the organic layer was collected using a separatoiy funnel, washed with NaCIIHCi, dried over MgSO4. After concentration, hexanes were added to the product. White crystals crashed out that were collected by vacuum filtration. NMR showed that the obtained product (62 grams) had a structure consistent with (E)-4-(3,5-dibromophenyl)-3-(methoxycarbony1)-4-(4-(trifluoromethy1)phenyl)but-3-enoic acid, Step 3 Solid anhydrous lanthanum (ill) chloride (100 g) was ground to very fine powder and then mixed with lithium chloride (52 g) and dry THF (1 liter) in a 5 liter three-neck flask INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) equipped with a mechanical stirrer, a dropping funnel and condenser. The mixture was refluxed for few hours until dissolution. Product from Step 2 (106 g) which step was repeated to produce more material, was dissolved in the mixture. The mixture was then cooled to -15 'C, A Grignard solution of 3M methyl magnesium chloride (238 mi.) was placed in the dropping funnel. The first 30% of the Grignard was dropped into the mixture slowly. Generation of gas bubbles was observed. After the temperature dropped back to -15 C, the remaining Grignard was dropped into the mixture in 2 minutes. After 30 minutes, the reaction was stopped by adding water (1 L) slowly to the mixture. The pH
was adjusted to 4 using acetic add. The mixture turned clear with the formation of two layers. The water layer was drained off. The recovered organic layer was washed with NaCl/water four times and then concentrated to dryness. Light yellowish solid was obtained. The solid was re dissolvedin toluene, Filtration over a silica gel plug column was done to remove baseline impurities. The short plug column was washed with toluene. The clear solution was concentrated to dryness. White solid product was obtained and used in the next step without further purification. A sample was recrystallized from methanol and an NITVIR showed that the purified crystals had a structure consistent with (E)4((3,5-dibromophenyl)(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyOrnethylene)-5.5-dimethyldihydrofuran-2(3H)-one, Step 4 A mixture of the product from Step 3, toluene (500 mL), bismuth trifiate (20 g) and acetic add (0.24 g) was added to a reaction flask and stirred at reflux for 1 hour, The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and acetic anhydride (100 mL) was added. The mixture was heated to reflux for 1 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and filtered through a silica plug column. The plug column was washed with toluene until all the product was washed off, The obtained clear solution was concentrated to dryness. Acetone (50 mL) was added to the obtained solid to provide a slurry, Methanol (250 mL) was added to the slurry and cooled to help with crystallization. The crystals were collected by vacuum filtration. White crystals (58 g) were obtained after drying. MIR showed that the product had a structure consistent with 8,10-dibromo-7,7-dimethy1-3-(trifluoromethyl)-benzo[c]fluoren-5-yl acetate.
Step 5 To a flask containing the product from Step 4 (2,42 g) was added methanol (20 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (10 mL). Concentrated hydrochloric acid (1 mL) was added and the solution was heated to reflux for 4 ft The solvent was removed under vacuum and the residue was INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) purified by passed through a plug of silica gel, using 4:1 (volume ration) of hexanelethyi acetate mixture as the eluent, Fractions containing the desired material were grouped and concentrated to provide a cream colored solid (1.63 g). NMR analysis of the cream colored solid indicated a structure that was consistent with 8,10-dibromo-7,7-dirnethyl-3-(trifluoromethyi)-71-1-benzo[c]fluoren-5--ol.
Step 6 To a chloroform solution (100 mt.) of the product from Step 5 (36.24 g) which step was repeated to produce more material, was added 1-(4-butoxyphenyl)-1-(4-methoxyphenyl)proc-2-yn-1-ol (28,00 g) and 4-dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid (2.40 g). The solution was heated to reflux for 8 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide an oily residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 9:1 (volume ratio) hexane/ethyl acetate mixture as the eluant. Fractions containing the desired material were grouped and concentrated to an oily residue. The residue was re-crystallized from dichforomethane and methanol, The crystals were collected by vacuum filtration and dried to provide a grey solid (20.00 g), NMR analysis of the grey solid indicated a structure that was consistent with 3-(4-butoxypherly1)-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-10,12-dibromo-6-trifluromethyl-13,13-dimethyl-31-1,13H-indeno[23';3.4]naphtho[1,2-b]pyran as represented by the following graphic formula, Br f-...:-:---Br¨\\__/0 , k ---,,, 1 , , 0 1 \ _________________________________________ V
,-"..
õ::....õ,-.-= --,,,, OMe Example 6 The procedures from Example 5 were followed except that 1,1-bis(4-flucrophenyl)prop-2-yn-1-ol was used in place of 1-(4-butoxyphenyl)-1-(4-methoxyphenyl)prop-2-yn-1-oi in Step S. Off-white crystals were obtained as the product, NMR analysis indicated that the product had a structure consistent with 3,3-bis(4-fluorophenyl)-10,12-dibrorno-INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) trifluromethyl-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3õ4jnaphthoil,2-blpyran as represented by.
the following graphic formula Br 4, 77) _______________________________ F
7 ____________________________ \
.Exam pie 7 Step Magnesium (2 g) was pieced in a dry flask equipped with a .dropping funnel which contained a mixture of tribromobenzene (27.5 q) and THE (200 ml). 20 ml of the solution in the dropping funnel was added to the flask. A few drops of dibromoethane were also added to the flask to help initiate the reaction. Few minutes later, solvent in the reaction flask started to boil. Rest of the solution in the dropping funnel was added drop wise. Ice water was used occasionally to cool the reaction mixture. After the addition, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for two hours. At 0 C, bis[2-(N,N-dimethylamino)ethyllether (14 g) was added. Stir for 30 minutes. Then benzoyl chloride (12.3 g) was added in one portion.
Mixture was stirred for 4 hours at 0 C. Water (500 ml) was added to the mixture. 3N Ha was used to .adjust pH to ¨ 5. Ethyl acetate was added to the mixture (500 ml). Organic layer was collected, .washed with water once, washed with sodium bicarbonate once, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The crude product was purified by a plug.
column.
Viscous Oil (8 g) was Obtained .as the prOduct. MAR indicated that the product had 8 structure consistent with 3,5-dibromobenzophenone. Same reaction was scaled up so that 30 grams of product was obtained.
Step 2 The product from Step 1 (30 g), dimethyl succinate (17 g) and toluene (500 ml) were added to a reaction flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer, a solid addition funnel and a nitrogen blanket. The mixture was stirred at room temperature until the solids were INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) dissolved, Solid potassium t-butoxide (11 g) was added through the solid addition funnel and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The resulting reaction mixture was poured into 1 L of water and the aqueous layer, which contained the product, was collected. The toluene layer was extracted with 200 ml water. The combined water solution was washed with toluene. HCI (3 N ) was added to the water solution to adjust pH to 5. The resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over magnesium sulfate, concentrated and dried in vacuum. Light yellow solid was obtained as the product. It was used directly in the next step Step 3 A mixture of the Stobbe acid products from Step 2 and acetic anhydride (200 ml) was mixed and refiuxed in a reaction flask equipped with a condenser, After two hours: the acetic anhydride was removed by vacuum evaporation and the obtained oil was used directly in the next step.
Step 4 To a reaction flask containing the oil obtained from previous was added methanol (200 mL) of and HC I (12 N, 2 ml), The mixture was refiuxed for two hours. Methanol was removed by vacuum evaporation The recovered oil was dissolved in ethyl acetae, washed with sodium bicarbonate saturated water, dried over magnesium sulfated, concentrated until white crystals started to crash out from hot solution. The mixture was cooled down to room temperature. White crystals were collected and dried (8,8 g). NMR indicated that the product had a structure consistent with 2,4-dibromo-7,7-dimethyi-7H-benzo[c]fluoren-5-ol, which was the undesired region-isomer for this example. The desired isomer was still in the mother liquor, which was concentrated and dried in vacuum. Brownish oil (19 g) was obtained and used directly in the next step.
Step 5 The procedures from Step 4 to 6 of Example 1 were followed except that the crude product from Step 4 was used as the starting material. Off-white crystals were obtained as the product. NMR analysis indicated that the product had a structure consistent with 3,3-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)-10,12-dibromo-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indenopr,3'3,4}naphtho[1,2-b]pyran as represented by the following graphic formula.
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) Pr Br- /
Example 8 The procedures from Step 1 to 5 of Example 7 were 'followed except that 1-0-fluorophenyl)-1-(4-(piperidin-1-yi)phenyl)prop-2-yri-l-ol was used in place of 1,1-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)prop-2-yri-1 -ol in last step. Off-white crystals were obtained as the product.
NMR analysis indicated that the product had a structure consistent with 3-(4-fluoropheny1)-3-(4-(piperidin-1-Aphenyl)-10,12-dibromo-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-indeno[2`,33,4]naphtho[1,2-blpyran as represented by the following graphic formula, Pr Br_ ¨
\
(7\ -N/
Example 9 Step 1 Pherlylmagnesium bromide/diethyl ether (3M, 100 mi.) solution was added to a a two-neck reaction flask equipped with an additional funnel and magnetic stirrer.
The flask was seated in ice bath. Tetramethyl ethylene diamine (58 ml)/THF (100m1) was added to the flask slowly. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour. 3,4,5-Trimethoxybenzoyi chloride (69 g)/THF (200 ml) was dropped to the flask over 30 minutes. The cooling batch was removed 1 hour after the addition. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight.
The resulting yellow cloudy mixture was poured into ice water (1L), Concentrated HCI (37%, INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) 200 mL) was added to the mixture slowly. The resulting mixture was then extracted with ethyl acetate twice (400mL + 200 mL) The to layers were washed with water and brine.
The recovered organic solutions were combined and dried over Na2SO4. Part of ethyl acetate was stripped off and hexane was added to the concentrated solution.
So/id product containing 3,4,5-trimethoxybenzophenone was precipitated out and filtered off (74g).
Step 2 The product from Step 1 (74 g), solid potassium t-butoxide (69 g) and toluene (900 mt..) were added to a 21... three-neck reaction flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer under a nitrogen blanket. Dimethyl succinate (70g) in toluene (100 mL) was added to the flask through the addition funnel and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into 600 mt.. of water. The bottom aqueous layer, which contained the product, was collected, HCI (12 N, 50 mL) was added to the water solution. Yellow oil precipitated. The resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (800 mL). The top organic layer was washed with water and brine, then dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and dried in vacuum. Yellow glassy oil (112 g) was obtained as product. Mass spectroscopy indicated desired molecular weight of 368. The product was used in the next step without further purification.
Step 3 The yellow glassy oil (112 g), a mixture of the Stobbe acid products from Step 2, was dissolved in acetic anhydride (150 in a single-neck 1L reaction flask equipped with a condenser. The mixture was heated under ref uxing for 15 hours. The acetic anhydride was removed by vacuum evaporation and 152 grams of oil was obtained as the product. it was used in the next step without further purification.
Step 4 To a IL reaction flask containing the 150 grams of oil obtained from Step 3 was added methanol (500 ml..) and FICI (12 N, 5 mL). The mixture was heated under refluxino for 5 hours. Methanol was removed by vacuum evaporation. The residue oil was purified by chromatography to provide 107 grams of oily product. 70 grams of solid product was precipitated out from the oily mixture. Mass spectroscopy indicated desired molecular weight of 368. The solid product was dried in vacuum oven.
Step 5 The solid product (35 g) from Step 4 was dissolved in 500 rniõ of anhydrous tetrahydroluran (THF) in an oven dried flask equipped with addition funnel and magnetic stir INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) bar, The 'flask was seated .in ice bath, and 3 M THF solution of methyl .magnesium chloride (180 mt..) was added dropwise. After the addition, the mixture was heated under refluxing.
for 2 hours, The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and poured into 400 mt..
of ice water. The mixture was acidified by HCI (12 N, 70 The resulting mixture was extratcted with ethyl acetate twice with (400. +200 mi.). The top organic layers were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and dried in vacuum. The crude product (35 g of oil) was used in the next step without further purification.
Step 6 The product from Step 5 (35 g) and xylene (80 mt.) were added to a 500 mL
reaction flask equipped with Dean-Stark trap, water condenser and a magnetic stir bar.
Bismuth(ill) trifluoromethanesulfonate (0.1 g) was added and the resulting mixture was heated under refluxing for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was fiitered through a silica gel plug. The product (30 g) was obtained as off-yellow oil.
The product was, used in next step without further purification.
Step 7 The oily naphthol from .Step 6 (5g) and dodecyl benzene sulfonic acid (1 drop) was dissolved in CHCI3 (50 mL) in a 250 mL reaction flask. To the flask was added 1-phenyl-I-(4-morpholinophenyl)prop-2-yri-1-ol (4.5 g). The mixture was heated under refluxing for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was purified by chromatography. Two solid products were isolated. NMR analysis indicated that one of the products had a structure consistent with .3-phenyl-3- (4-morpholinophenyi)-10,11,12-trimethoxy-13,13-dimethyl.-3H,13H-indenof2',31:3,4inaphtho[1,2-b]pyran as represented by the following graphic formula.
p \'s = IT i ---N 0 j r.-- /
=, 0 INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) Example 10 The procedures from Exa.mple 9 were followed except that 3,5-diflOorophenyl magnesium brornide. Was used in place of.phenylMagnesiUrnbromide in Step 1 and 1-(4-methoxypheny1'-(4-morpholinophe.nyl)prop-2-yn-1-ol was used in place of 1 -phenyl-.1 )-(4.-morpholinophenyl)prop-2.-yn-1 -ol in Step 7. Off-white crystals were obtained .as the product.
NMR analysis indicated that the product had a structure consistent with 3-(4-methoxypheny1)-3-(4-morph.olinopheny1)-5:7-difluoro-10,11, 12-trimethoxy-13,13-dirnethyl-3H,13H-indenop3':3,.4]naphthal,Th2-bipyran as represented by the following graphic formula g ./
. = __ .
Example 11 Step 1 3-Fluoromethylbenzoyl chloride (51 g) and veratroie (33 g) were dissolved in (500 mL) in a 21 three-neck reaction flask equipped with magnetic stirrer. The flask was seated in ice bath. Anhydrous Al-Cl3 (41 g) was added to the flask slowly through solid addition funnel. Hydrochloric gas generated from the reaction was absorbed by NaOH
aqueous. solution.. Ice bath was removed upon the completion of addition. The resulting mixture was Stirred at rOOM temperature for Overnight. The yellow cloudy mixture was poured into ice water (500 ht.). Concentrated HC1 (37%, 100 mi.) was added to the mixture slowly. The resulting mixture was then extracted with CF-12C12 (600 mL). The bottom layer was washed with water and brine, and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was stripped off under vacuum. The oily product (90 .g) containing 3-trifluoromethy1-3',4'-dimethoxybenzophenone was used in next step without further purification.
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) Step 2 The product from Step 1 (90 g) and dimethyl succinate (34 mL) were dissolved in anhydrous THF (270 mL) in a 1L three-neck reaction flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer under a nitrogen blanket. Solid potassium t-butoxide (30 g) was added to the flask through addition funnel slowly. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into 600 mL of water. The bottom aqueous layer, which contained the product, was collected. HD (12 N, 50 mL) was added to the water solution, Yellow oil precipitated. The resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate twice (250 mL + 200 mL), The top organic layers were combined, washed with water and brine, then dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and dried in vacuum. Yellow glassy oil (78 g) was obtained as product. The product was used in the next step without further purification.
Step 3 The yellow glassy oil (78 g), a mixture of the Stobbe acid products from Step 2, was dissolved in acetic anhydride (200 niL.) in a single-neck 1L reaction flask equipped with a condenser. The mixture was heated under refuxing for 4 hours. The acetic anhydride was removed by vacuum evaporation and an oily product was obtained as the product.
It was used in the next step without further purification.
Step 4 To a 500 rni., reaction flask containing the product obtained from Step 3 was added methanol (200 mL) and Ha (12 N, 6 mL). The mixture was heated under refluxing for 4 hours. Methanol was removed by vacuum evaporation. The residue oil was purified by chromatography to afford 64 grams of oily product. It was used in the next step without further purification.
Step 5' To a 11_ oven dried flask equipped with addition funnel and magnetic stir bar, was added 3 M THF solution of methyl magnesium chloride (135 mt..), The flask was seated in ice bath.
The oily product (30 g) from Step 4 was dissolved in 200 mi. of anhydrous THF
in a dry flask. The solution was added to the first flask dropwise. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into 400 mL of ice water. The mixture was acidified by HCI (12 N, 80 mi.). The resulting mixture was extratcted with ethyl acetate twice (300 mi. +100 mL). The top organic layers were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and dried in vacuum. The product (35 g of oil) was used in the next step without further purification.
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) Step 6 The product from Step 5 (35 g). and xylene (120 mt...) were added to a 600 mL, reaction flask equipped with Dean-Stark trap, water condenser and a Magnetic stir bar.
Bismuth trifluoromethyl sulfonamate (0,1 g) was added and the resulting mixture was heated under re.fluxing for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was filtered through a silica gel plug. The product (28 g) was obtained as off-yellow oil.
The product was used in next step without further purification.
Step 7 The oily naphthol from Step 6 (4 g) and pyridiniurn p-toluenesulfonate (0.5 g) was dissolved in CHCI3 (30 ml,) in a 250 .rriL reaction flask, To the flask was added 1-phenyl-i-(4-morpholinophenyl)prop-2-yn-l-ol (3 g). The mixture was heated under refluxing for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was purified by chromatography. Solid product (2 g) was recrystalized.out.from the major fraction. NMR analysis indicated that the products had a structure consistent with 3-pheny13-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6õ7.-dimethoxy-124ifluorornethyl-13,13-dimethyl-indeno[23';3,41naphtho[1,.2-blpyran as represented by the following graphic formula.
FF
-\\
NA =
-N.
--11Nrj \
Example 12 The procedures from Example 11 Were followed except that 3,5-dimethoXyberizoyl chloride was used in place of 3-fluoromethylbenzoyi chloride in Step 1 and 1,1'-bis(4-methoxyphenyi)prop-2-yn-1-ol was used in place of I -ph-enyl-1)-(4-morpholinophenypprop-2-yn-1-21 in Step 7, Off-white crystals were obtained as the product. NMR
analysis indicated that the product had a structure consistent with 3,3-bis(4-.methoxyphenyi)-6,7,10,12-INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) . . , .
.
tetramethoxy-13,13-dimethy1-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[1,2-b]pyran as represented by the following graphic formula.
%...,a ? gill ---, 10110 01 AllIF 0 0 911F# =
¨
Comparative Example 1 (CE-1) CE-1 was prepared following the disclosure of U.S. Patent 5,645,767, and is reported to be 3, 3-bis-(4-methoxypheny1)-13,13-dimethy1-3H ,13H-indeno[2',31:3,4]naphtho[1,2-b]pyran as represented by the following graphic formula.
4.1-13C cH3 ill ''''' OCH3 III =
Comparative Example 2 (CE-2) CE-2 was prepared following the disclosure of U.S. Patent 6,296,785, and is reported to be 3,3-bis-(4-methoxypheny1)-6,7-dimethoxy-13,13-dimethy1-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[1,2-b]pyran as represented by the following graphic formula.
4111.0 1 Comparative Example 3 (CE-3) CE-3 was prepared following the procedure of Example 1 in U.S. Patent Publication 2008/0103301, and is reported to be 3,3-bis-(4-methoxypheny1)-6,7-dimethoxy-11-trifluoromethyl-13,13-dimethy1-3H,13H-indeno[2',3`:3,4]naphtho[1,2-b]pyran as represented by the following graphic formula.
F.
F Ofiik oil 0 Comparative Example 4 (CE-41 CE-4 was prepared following the disclosure of U.S. Patent 5,645,767, and is reported to be 3-(4-butoxypheny1)-3-(4-methoxypheny1)-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[27,3':3,4]naphtho[1,2-b]pyran as represented by the following graphic formula.
.4111 OMe Comparitive Example 5 (CE-5) CE-5 was prepared following the disclosure of U.S. Patent 5,645,767, and is reported to be 3-phenyl-3-(4-morpholinopheny1)-10,11-dimethoxy-13,13-dimethy1-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[1,2-bipyran as represented by the following graphic formula.
0 Ali N) kw i 0to 001 =
=
Comparitive Example 6 (CE-6) CE-6 was prepared following the disclosure of U.S. Patent 5,645,767, and is reported to be 3-phenyl-3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6,7-dimethoxy-13,13-dimethy1-3H,13H-indeno[21,31:3,41naphtho[1,2-b]pyran as represented by the following graphic formula.
-,--0' 7 /j.
Part 2 ¨ Photochromic Property Testing Part 2A ¨ Test Square Preparation Testing was done with the compounds described in Examples 1-12, and CE 1-6 in the following manner. A quantity of compound calculated to yield a 1,5x10-3 molal solution was added to a flask containing 50 grams of a monomer blend of 4 parts et.hoxylated bisphenol A
dimethacrylate (BPA 2E0 DMA), 1 part pely(ethylene glycol) 600 dimetnacrylate, and 0,033 weight percent 2,2`-azobis(2-rnethyl propicnitrile) (AIBN), Each compound was dissolved into .the monomer blend by stirring and gentle heating, if necessary. After a .clear solution was obtained, the sample was degassed in a vacuum oven for 5-10 minutes at 25 torr. Using a syringe, the sample was poured into a flat sheet mold having an interior dimension of 2.2 mm+/-0.3 mm x 6 inch .(15.24 cm) x 6 inch (15.24 cm). The mold was sealed and placed in a horizontal airflow, programmable oven to ramp from 40 C. to 95 C. over a 5 hour interval, hold the temperature at 95 C. for 3 hours, ramp down to 60 C. over a 2 hour interval and then hold at 60 C. for 16 hours. After curing, the mold was opened, and the polymer sheet was cut into 2 inch (5.1 cm) test squares using a diamond blade saw.
Part 2B ¨ Resonse Testing Prior to response testing on the optical bench, the photochromic test squares from Part 2A were exposed to 365 nm ultraviolet light for about 30 minutes at a distance of .about 1.4 cm from the source to cause the photochromio material to transform from the ground state-form to.
an activated-state form, and then placed in a 75 C oven for about 20 minutes to allow the photochromio material to revert back to the ground state-form.. The test squares were then cooled to room temperature, exposed to fluorescent room lighting for at least 2 hours, and then kept covered (that is., in a dark environment) for at least 2 hours prior to testing on an optical bench maintained at 73 F (23 C), The optical bench fitted with a Schott 3mm KG-2 band-pass filter, neutral density filter(s) and a Newport Model# 67005 300-watt Xenon arc lamp with Model# 69911 power supply in association with a Newport Mod& 689456 Digital INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) Exposure/Timer was used to control the intensity of the irradiance beam utilized for activation of the sample. A Uniblitz mode:1# CS.25S3ZMO with model# VMM-D3 controller) .high-speed computer controlled shutter, a fused sca condensing lens for beat c011imatiOn of this activation lamp beam though a quartz glass water bath sample chamber.
A custom made broadband light source for monitoring response measurements was directed through the sample such that the angle between the activation source and the monitoring beam is 30 degrees with the sample positioned perpendicular to this monitoring beam. This broad beam light source is obtained by collecting and combining separately filtered light from a 100-Watt tungsten halogen lamp (controlled by a Lambda UP60-14 constant voltage powder supply) with a split-end, bifurcated fiber optical cable to enhance the short wavelength light intensity. After passing through the sample, this monitoring light was refocused into a 2-inch integrating sphere and fed to an Ocean Optics S2000 spectrophotometer by fiber optic cables. Ocean Optics SpectraSuite and PPG proprietary software were used to measure response and control the operation of the optical bench.
The Anaaai, is the wavelength in the visible spectrum at which the maximum absorption of.
the activated-state form of the .photochromic compound in a test square occurs, The wavelength was determined by testing the photochromic test squares in a Varian Cary 4000 UV-Visible spectrophotometer.
The change in Optical density at saturation for each test sample was determined by opening the shutter from the xenon lamp and measuring the transmittance after exposing the test chip to 3W/m2 UVA radiation for 30 minutes. The change in Optical .density at saturation was calculated using the formula: a'OD ta log (%Tb.1%Ta), where %Tb is the percent transmittance in the bleached state, %Ta is the percent transmittance in the activated state both at the Amõa, and the logarithm is to the base 10. The fade half life ("T12") or bleach rate is the time interval in seconds for the absorbance of the activated-state form of the photochromic material in the test squares to reach one half the A.OD at saturation value at room temperature (23 C), after removal of the source of activating light. The ,Sensitivity (AODIMin) is a measure of how quickly the sample darkens and is calculated from the equation A.ODõ, A0D50, x 12.
The compounds of Examples 3, 4,, 11 and 12. and Comparative Examples 2, 3. and exhibited dual peak absorptions in the visible spectrum (lambda max visible) in distinct color regions. For each lambda max visible, the corresponding optical density (A
OD/Min, and A OD
at saturation) as well as fade half life are tabulated in Table 1 for the two bands (A and B) of peak absorption.
Si INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) The results are listed in Table I. Comparative Example 1 is similar in structure and should be compared to Examples 1, 2 arid 7 Comparative Examples 2 and 3 are similar in structure and should be compared to Examples 3 and 4, Comparative Example 4 is similar in structure and should be compared to Example 5, Comparative Example 5 is similar in structure and should be compared to Example 9 Comparative Example 6 is similar in structure and should be compared to Example 11. Examples 6 and 8 have distinctive substituents as B and B. Examples 10 and 12 have distinctive substituents as R5.
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) TABLE 1 - Photochromic Performance Test Results Example # Arõ,_vis Sensvity ADD at I IA 1 (nrn) AOD/Min saturation (sec) ........................................... _ ____________ 1 558 0,50 0,56 74 2 590 0.40 0,29 39 3A 469 0.40 0.30 39 3B 572 0.25 0.19 39 4A 457 0.42 0.59 93 4B 572 0.26 0.38 93 565 0,23 0,09 14 -------------------------------- _ 6 531 0.40 0,25 33 7 553 0.55 0.41 41 8 608 0.41 1 0.29 37 ___________________________________________ i 9 593 0.72 1.5 210 r --------------------573 0.70 0.85 110 _ 11A 490 0.34 0,60 153 118 590 0.35 0.62 149 ....................... . ...... t ...
12A 1 448 0,50 1.10 279 12B 574 0,33 0.77 308 CE 1 558 0,67 0.86 121 CE 2-A 451 0,61 1.27 236 CE 2-8 574 0.35 0,72 251 CE 3-A 455 0.45 0.68 107 CE 3-B 572 0.25 0.41 107 i CE 4 557 0.53 0.85 140 CE 5 605 0.52 1,56 448 -CE 6A 484 0,40 1,24 471 CE 6B 1 594 0.38 116 470 i_ ...........................................................
It is to be understood that the present description illustrates aspects of the invention relevant to a clear understanding of the invention. Certain aspects of the invention that would be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art and that, therefore, would not facilitate a better understanding of the invention have not been presented in order to simplify the present INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (RULE 20.6) description. Although the present invention has been described in connection with certain embodiments, the present invention is not limited to the particular embodiments disclosed, but is intended to cover modifications. The scope of the claims should not be limited by the embodiments set out herein but should be given the broadest interpretation consistent with the description as a whole.
Claims (28)
1. A compound of Formula II
wherein, R1 is selected from halogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, alkoxy, perhaloalkoxy, carboxy, amino, optionally substituted amino, cyano, nitro, sulfonyl, sulfonato, alkylcarbonyl, and alkoxycarbonyl;
R5 for each occurrence, is independently selected from chiral or achiral groups selected from formyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonylamino, aryloxycarbonylamino, boronic acid, boronic acid esters, cycloalkoxycarbonylamino, heterocycloalkyloxycarbonylamino, heteroaryloxycarbonylamino, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, halogen, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, and optionally substituted amino;
m is an integer from 0 to 3;
n is an integer from 0 to 4;
R6 and R7 are each independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxy and chiral or achiral groups selected from optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, halogen, optionally substituted amino, carboxy, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, and aminocarbonyl, or R1 and R2 may be taken together with any intervening atoms to form a group selected from oxo, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, and optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl; and B and B'are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, and chiral or achiral groups selected from metallocenyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, and optionally substituted cycloalkyl, or wherein B and B' are taken together with any intervening atoms to form a group selected from optionally substituted cycloalkyl and optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl.
wherein, R1 is selected from halogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, alkoxy, perhaloalkoxy, carboxy, amino, optionally substituted amino, cyano, nitro, sulfonyl, sulfonato, alkylcarbonyl, and alkoxycarbonyl;
R5 for each occurrence, is independently selected from chiral or achiral groups selected from formyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonylamino, aryloxycarbonylamino, boronic acid, boronic acid esters, cycloalkoxycarbonylamino, heterocycloalkyloxycarbonylamino, heteroaryloxycarbonylamino, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, halogen, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, and optionally substituted amino;
m is an integer from 0 to 3;
n is an integer from 0 to 4;
R6 and R7 are each independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxy and chiral or achiral groups selected from optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, halogen, optionally substituted amino, carboxy, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, and aminocarbonyl, or R1 and R2 may be taken together with any intervening atoms to form a group selected from oxo, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, and optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl; and B and B'are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, and chiral or achiral groups selected from metallocenyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, and optionally substituted cycloalkyl, or wherein B and B' are taken together with any intervening atoms to form a group selected from optionally substituted cycloalkyl and optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl.
2. The compound of claim 1, wherein:
R1 is selected from optionally substituted C1-C6 alkanyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkynyl, optionally substituted phenyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 perhaloalkoxy, C1-C6 perhaloalkyl, chloro, fluoro, cyano, nitro, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl, and C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl;
R5 for each occurrence, is independently selected from formyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted alkyl, boronic acid ester,halogen, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl and optionally substituted amino;
m and n are each independently an integer selected from 0 to 2;
R6 and R7 are each independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, and chiral and achiral groups selected from optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, halogen, optionally substituted amino, carboxy, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, and aminocarbonyl or R1 and R2 may be taken together with anyintervening atoms to form a group selected from oxo, optionally substituted cycloalkyl and optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl; and B and B' are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, chiral or achiral groups selected from optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted cycloalkyl, or wherein B
and B' are taken together with any intervening atoms to form a group selected from optionally substituted cycloalkyl and optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl.
R1 is selected from optionally substituted C1-C6 alkanyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6 alkynyl, optionally substituted phenyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 perhaloalkoxy, C1-C6 perhaloalkyl, chloro, fluoro, cyano, nitro, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl, and C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl;
R5 for each occurrence, is independently selected from formyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted alkyl, boronic acid ester,halogen, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl and optionally substituted amino;
m and n are each independently an integer selected from 0 to 2;
R6 and R7 are each independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, and chiral and achiral groups selected from optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, halogen, optionally substituted amino, carboxy, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, and aminocarbonyl or R1 and R2 may be taken together with anyintervening atoms to form a group selected from oxo, optionally substituted cycloalkyl and optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl; and B and B' are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, chiral or achiral groups selected from optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted cycloalkyl, or wherein B
and B' are taken together with any intervening atoms to form a group selected from optionally substituted cycloalkyl and optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl.
3. The compound of claim 2, wherein:
R1 is selected from optionally substituted C1-C4 alkanyl, optionally substituted C2-C4 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C4 alkynyl, optionally substituted phenyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 perhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 perhaloalkyl, chloro, fluoro, cyano, nitro, C1-C4 alkylcarbonyl, and C1-C4 alkoxycarbonyl;
R5 for each occurrence, is independently selected from alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, optionally substituted alkyl, boronic acid ester,halogen, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl and optionally substituted amino;
m and n are each independently an integer selected from 0 to 2;
R6 and R7 are each independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, and chiral groups selected from optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, halogen, carboxy, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, and aminocarbonyl or R1 and R2 may be taken together with any intervening atoms to form a group selected from oxo and optionally substituted cycloalkyl; and B and B' are each independently selected from hydrogen, chiral groups selected from optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted cycloalkyl, or wherein B and B' are taken together with any intervening atoms to form a group selected from optionally substituted cycloalkyl.
R1 is selected from optionally substituted C1-C4 alkanyl, optionally substituted C2-C4 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C4 alkynyl, optionally substituted phenyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 perhaloalkoxy, C1-C4 perhaloalkyl, chloro, fluoro, cyano, nitro, C1-C4 alkylcarbonyl, and C1-C4 alkoxycarbonyl;
R5 for each occurrence, is independently selected from alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, optionally substituted alkyl, boronic acid ester,halogen, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl and optionally substituted amino;
m and n are each independently an integer selected from 0 to 2;
R6 and R7 are each independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, and chiral groups selected from optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, halogen, carboxy, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, and aminocarbonyl or R1 and R2 may be taken together with any intervening atoms to form a group selected from oxo and optionally substituted cycloalkyl; and B and B' are each independently selected from hydrogen, chiral groups selected from optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted cycloalkyl, or wherein B and B' are taken together with any intervening atoms to form a group selected from optionally substituted cycloalkyl.
4. The compound of claim 3, wherein:
R1 is selected from methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, -OCF3, -OCF2CF3, CF3, CF2CF3, chloro, fluoro, cyano, nitro, acetyl, propionyl, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl;
phenyl, phenyl substituted with one or more groups each independently selected from alkoxy, halogen, amino, perhaloalkoxy, alkylcarbonyl, carboxy, and alkoxycarbonyl R5 for each occurrence is independently selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, methoxy, ethoxy and CF3;
R6 and R7 are each independently selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl and butyl; and B and B' are each independently selected from phenyl substituted with one or more groups independently selected from aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, halogen, amino, alkylcarbonyl, carboxy, and alkoxycarbonyl.
R1 is selected from methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, -OCF3, -OCF2CF3, CF3, CF2CF3, chloro, fluoro, cyano, nitro, acetyl, propionyl, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl;
phenyl, phenyl substituted with one or more groups each independently selected from alkoxy, halogen, amino, perhaloalkoxy, alkylcarbonyl, carboxy, and alkoxycarbonyl R5 for each occurrence is independently selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, methoxy, ethoxy and CF3;
R6 and R7 are each independently selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl and butyl; and B and B' are each independently selected from phenyl substituted with one or more groups independently selected from aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, halogen, amino, alkylcarbonyl, carboxy, and alkoxycarbonyl.
5. The compound of claim 1, selected from:
3,3-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)-12-bromo-6,13,13-trimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho(1,2-b]pyran;
3,3-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)-6,7-dimethoxy-10,12-bis(trifluoromethyl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[1,2-b]pyran;
3,3-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)-10,12-dibromo-6,7-dimethoxy-11,13,13-trimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[1,2-b}pyran;
3,3-bis(4-fluorophenyl)-10,12-dibromo-6 trifluoromethyl-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[1,2-b]pyran;
3,3-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)-10,12-dibromo-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[1,2-b]pyran;
3-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-(4-(piperidin-1-yl)phenyl)-10,12-dibromo-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[1,2-b]pyran;
3-phenyl-3- (4-morpholinophenyl)-10,11,12-trimethoxy-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[1,2-b]pyran;
3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-5,7-difluoro-10,11,12-trimethoxy-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':4]naphtho[1,2-b]pyran;
3-phenyl-3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6,7-dimethoxy-12-trifluoromethyl-13,13-dimethyl-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[1,2-b]pyran; and/or 3,3-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)-6,7,1 0,1 2-tetramethoxy-1 3, 1 3-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[1,2-b]pyran.
3,3-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)-12-bromo-6,13,13-trimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho(1,2-b]pyran;
3,3-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)-6,7-dimethoxy-10,12-bis(trifluoromethyl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[1,2-b]pyran;
3,3-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)-10,12-dibromo-6,7-dimethoxy-11,13,13-trimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[1,2-b}pyran;
3,3-bis(4-fluorophenyl)-10,12-dibromo-6 trifluoromethyl-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[1,2-b]pyran;
3,3-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)-10,12-dibromo-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[1,2-b]pyran;
3-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-(4-(piperidin-1-yl)phenyl)-10,12-dibromo-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[1,2-b]pyran;
3-phenyl-3- (4-morpholinophenyl)-10,11,12-trimethoxy-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[1,2-b]pyran;
3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-5,7-difluoro-10,11,12-trimethoxy-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':4]naphtho[1,2-b]pyran;
3-phenyl-3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6,7-dimethoxy-12-trifluoromethyl-13,13-dimethyl-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[1,2-b]pyran; and/or 3,3-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)-6,7,1 0,1 2-tetramethoxy-1 3, 1 3-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[1,2-b]pyran.
6. The compound of claim 1, wherein said compound is a photochromic compound.
7. A photochromic composition comprising the compound of claim 6 and optionally at least one other photochromic compound, wherein said at least one other photochromic compound is selected from the group consisting of:
(a) a single photochromic compound;
(b) a mixture of photochromic compounds;
(c) a material comprising at least one photochromic compound;
(d) a material to which at least one photochromic compound is chemically bonded;
(e) material (c) or (d) further comprising a coating to substantially prevent contact of the at least one photochromic compound with external materials;
(f) a photochromic polymer; and (g) mixtures thereof.
(a) a single photochromic compound;
(b) a mixture of photochromic compounds;
(c) a material comprising at least one photochromic compound;
(d) a material to which at least one photochromic compound is chemically bonded;
(e) material (c) or (d) further comprising a coating to substantially prevent contact of the at least one photochromic compound with external materials;
(f) a photochromic polymer; and (g) mixtures thereof.
8. A photochromic composition comprising at least one compound of claim 6 incorporated into at least a portion of an organic material, said organic material being a polymeric material, an oligomeric material, a monomeric material or a mixture or combination thereof.
9. The photochromic composition of claim 8 wherein said polymeric material comprises liquid crystal materials, self-assembling materials, polycarbonate, polyamide, polyimide, poly(meth)acrylate, polycyclic alkene, polyurethane, poly(urea)urethane, polythiourethane, polythio(urea)urethane, polyol(allyl carbonate), cellulose acetate, cellulose diacetate, cellulose triacetate, cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate, polyalkene, polyalkylene-vinyl acetate, poly(vinylacetate), poly(vinyl alcohol), poly(vinyl chloride), poly(vinylformal), poly(vinylacetal), poly(vinylidene chloride), poly(ethylene terephthalate), polyester, polysulfone, polyolefin, copolymers thereof, and/or mixtures thereof.
10. The photochromic composition of claim 8 wherein the photochromic composition further comprises at least one additive chosen from dyes, alignment promoters, antioxidants, kinetic enhancing additives, photoinitiators, thermal initiators, polymerization inhibitors, solvents, light stabilizers, heat stabilizers, mold release agents, rheology control agents, leveling agents, free radical scavengers, gelators and adhesion promoters.
11. The photochromic composition of claim 8 which comprises a coating composition comprising liquid crystal materials, self-assembling materials and film forming materials.
12. A photochromic article comprising a substrate and a photochromic compound according to claim 6 connected to at least a portion of a substrate.
13. The photochromic article of claim 12 comprising an optical element, said optical element being at least one of an ophthalmic element, a display element, a window, a mirror, packaging material and an active or passive liquid crystal cell element.
14. The photochromic article of claim 13, wherein the ophthalmic element comprises corrective lenses, non-corrective lenses, contact lenses, intra-ocular lenses, magnifying lenses, protective lenses, or visors.
15. The photochromic article of claim 12 wherein the substrate comprises a polmeric material and the photochromic material is incorporated into at least a portion of the polymeric material.
16. The photochromic article of claim 15 wherein the photochromic material is blended with at least a portion of the polymeric material, bonded to at least a portion of the polymeric material, and/or imbibed into at least a portion of the polymeric material.
17. The photochromic article of claim 12 wherein the photochromic article comprises a coating or film connected to at least a portion of the substrate, said coating or film comprising the photochromic material.
18. The photochromic article of claim 17 wherein said substrate is formed from organic materials, inorganic materials, or combinations thereof.
19. The photochromic article of claim 12 further comprising at least one additional at least partial coating chosen from photochromic coatings, anti-reflective coatings, linearly polarizing coatings, transitional coatings, primer coatings, adhesive coatings, reflective coatings, antifogging coatings, oxygen barrier coatings, ultraviolet light absorbing coatings, and protective coatings.
20. A photochromic article comprising a substrate;
at least a partial coating of one alignment material;
at least one additional at least partial coating of a liquid crystal material;
and at least one compound of claim 6.
at least a partial coating of one alignment material;
at least one additional at least partial coating of a liquid crystal material;
and at least one compound of claim 6.
21. The photochromic article of claim 20 further comprising at least one additive chosen from dichroic dyes, non-dichroic dyes, alignment promoters, antioxidants, kinetic enhancing additives, photoinitiators, thermal initiators, polymerization inhibitors, solvents, light stabilizers, heat stabilizers, mold release agents, rheology control agents, leveling agents, free radical scavengers, gelators and adhesion promoters.
22. The photochromic article of claim 20, wherein the substrate is selected from glass, quartz, and polymeric organic materials.
23. The photochromic article of claim 20, wherein the at least one alignment material comprises a polymer network orientable by exposure to at least one of: a magnetic field, an electric field, linearly polarized infrared radiation, linearly polarized ultraviolet radiation, linearly polarized visible radiation and a shear force.
24. The photochromic article of claim 20, wherein said liquid crystal material is a liquid crystal polymer.
25. The photochromic article of claim 20, further comprising at least one primer coating, transitional coating, protective coating or a combination thereof.
26. The photochromic article of claim 25, wherein the transitional coating comprises an acrylate polymer.
27. The photochromic article of claim 25, wherein the protective coating comprises at least one siloxane derivative.
28, The photochromic article of claim 27, wherein the at least one primer coating comprises a polyurethane.
Applications Claiming Priority (5)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US45968910P | 2010-12-16 | 2010-12-16 | |
US61/459,689 | 2010-12-16 | ||
US13/313,178 | 2011-12-07 | ||
US13/313,178 US9034219B2 (en) | 2010-12-16 | 2011-12-07 | Photochromic compounds and compositions |
PCT/US2011/063878 WO2012082506A1 (en) | 2010-12-16 | 2011-12-08 | Photochromic compounds and compositions |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2820033A1 CA2820033A1 (en) | 2012-06-21 |
CA2820033C true CA2820033C (en) | 2016-08-23 |
Family
ID=46234803
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA2820033A Active CA2820033C (en) | 2010-12-16 | 2011-12-08 | Photochromic compounds and compositions |
Country Status (11)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (1) | US9034219B2 (en) |
EP (1) | EP2651912B1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP5795081B2 (en) |
KR (1) | KR20160069522A (en) |
CN (2) | CN107253943B (en) |
AU (1) | AU2011344179B2 (en) |
BR (1) | BR112013015078B1 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2820033C (en) |
MX (1) | MX350284B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2012082506A1 (en) |
ZA (1) | ZA201304210B (en) |
Families Citing this family (19)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US8698117B2 (en) * | 2003-07-01 | 2014-04-15 | Transitions Optical, Inc. | Indeno-fused ring compounds |
US8211338B2 (en) | 2003-07-01 | 2012-07-03 | Transitions Optical, Inc | Photochromic compounds |
US8920928B2 (en) | 2010-12-16 | 2014-12-30 | Transitions Optical, Inc. | Photochromic compounds and compositions |
US9304330B2 (en) * | 2013-02-20 | 2016-04-05 | Transitions Optical, Inc. | Experiential optical device |
US9029532B2 (en) * | 2013-03-11 | 2015-05-12 | Transitions Optical, Inc. | 5,6-ring-substituted naphthopyran compounds |
EP3018115B1 (en) | 2013-07-01 | 2018-08-22 | Tokuyama Corporation | Novel phenyl napthol derivative |
US9206151B2 (en) * | 2013-11-20 | 2015-12-08 | Transitions Optical, Inc. | Method of preparing fused ring indeno compounds |
CN103790025A (en) * | 2014-01-20 | 2014-05-14 | 南通全技纺织涂层有限公司 | Photochromic coated fabric |
CN106977490A (en) * | 2017-03-10 | 2017-07-25 | 江苏全真光学科技股份有限公司 | The preparation technology of photochromic compound and preparation method thereof and photochromic lens |
CN110730778B (en) | 2017-05-10 | 2023-09-12 | 光学转变有限公司 | Photochromic indeno-fused phenanthropyran compounds |
CN110799514B (en) | 2017-06-30 | 2023-01-31 | 光学转变有限公司 | Silole and germacyclopentadiene fused ring photochromic compounds |
CN111171619B (en) * | 2017-11-10 | 2021-11-30 | 南京米兰达视光科学研究院有限公司 | Photochromic coating and preparation method thereof |
US11518751B2 (en) * | 2018-05-28 | 2022-12-06 | Transitions Optical, Ltd. | Photochromic indeno-fused naphthopyran compounds with reduced temperature dependence |
CN111410967B (en) * | 2019-01-08 | 2022-04-08 | 国家纳米科学中心 | Circular polarization luminous chiral nematic liquid crystal material and preparation method and application thereof |
CN109942861A (en) * | 2019-03-12 | 2019-06-28 | 无锡创彩光学材料有限公司 | A kind of photochromic composite membrane of flexibility and preparation method thereof |
KR20230118115A (en) * | 2020-12-24 | 2023-08-10 | 호야 렌즈 타일랜드 리미티드 | Photochromic compositions, photochromic articles and spectacles |
JP2022151088A (en) * | 2021-03-26 | 2022-10-07 | ホヤ レンズ タイランド リミテッド | Indeno-fused naphthopyran compound particles, method for producing polymerizable composition, and method for producing photochromic article |
CN114038882B (en) * | 2021-10-27 | 2022-12-20 | 重庆康佳光电技术研究院有限公司 | Micro light-emitting diode display and manufacturing method thereof |
WO2024046542A1 (en) * | 2022-08-30 | 2024-03-07 | Transitions Optical, Ltd. | Photochromic indeno-fused naphthopyran compounds, compositions, and articles containing same |
Family Cites Families (57)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4556605A (en) | 1982-09-09 | 1985-12-03 | Kabushiki Kaisha Suwa Seikosha | Photochromic coating composition and photochromic synthetic resin ophthalmic lens |
US4931220A (en) | 1987-11-24 | 1990-06-05 | Ppg Industries, Inc. | Organic photochromic pigment particulates |
US6096375A (en) | 1993-12-21 | 2000-08-01 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Optical polarizer |
IL115803A (en) * | 1994-11-03 | 2000-02-17 | Ppg Industries Inc | Indeno-naphthopyran derivatives useful for photochromic articles |
US5645767A (en) | 1994-11-03 | 1997-07-08 | Transitions Optical, Inc. | Photochromic indeno-fused naphthopyrans |
US5962617A (en) | 1995-02-02 | 1999-10-05 | Simula Inc. | Impact resistant polyurethane and method of manufacture thereof |
US5658501A (en) | 1995-06-14 | 1997-08-19 | Transitions Optical, Inc. | Substituted naphthopyrans |
US5723072A (en) | 1996-06-17 | 1998-03-03 | Ppg Industries, Inc. | Photochromic heterocyclic fused indenonaphthopyrans |
US5955520A (en) | 1996-06-17 | 1999-09-21 | Ppg Industries, Inc. | Photochromic indeno-fused naphthopyrans |
US5698141A (en) | 1996-06-17 | 1997-12-16 | Ppg Industries, Inc. | Photochromic heterocyclic fused indenonaphthopyrans |
WO1998037115A1 (en) | 1997-02-21 | 1998-08-27 | Ppg Industries Ohio, Inc. | Photochromic polyurethane coating and articles having such a coating |
US6025026A (en) | 1997-06-30 | 2000-02-15 | Transitions Optical, Inc. | Process for producing an adherent polymeric layer on polymeric substrates and articles produced thereby |
US6268055B1 (en) | 1997-12-08 | 2001-07-31 | Ppg Industries Ohio, Inc. | Photochromic epoxy resin coating composition and articles having such a coating |
US5869658A (en) | 1997-12-15 | 1999-02-09 | Ppg Industries, Inc. | Photochromic indeno-fused naptho 2,1-b!pyrans |
AU741671B2 (en) | 1998-07-10 | 2001-12-06 | Transitions Optical, Inc | Novel photochromic six-membered heterocyclic-fused naphthopyrans |
US6022497A (en) | 1998-07-10 | 2000-02-08 | Ppg Industries Ohio, Inc. | Photochromic six-membered heterocyclic-fused naphthopyrans |
BR9913869A (en) | 1998-09-11 | 2004-12-28 | Ppg Ind Ohio Inc | Naphthoopyran Compound and Photochromic Articles |
US6555028B2 (en) | 1998-09-11 | 2003-04-29 | Transitions Optical, Inc. | Polymeric matrix compatibilized naphthopyrans |
US5961892A (en) | 1998-09-11 | 1999-10-05 | Ppg Industries Ohio, Inc. | Polyalkoxylated naphthopyrans |
US6436525B1 (en) | 1998-12-11 | 2002-08-20 | Ppg Industries Ohio, Inc. | Polyanhydride photochromic coating composition and photochromic articles |
US6060001A (en) | 1998-12-14 | 2000-05-09 | Ppg Industries Ohio, Inc. | Alkoxyacrylamide photochromic coatings compositions and photochromic articles |
US6506488B1 (en) | 1998-12-18 | 2003-01-14 | Ppg Industries Ohio, Inc. | Aminoplast resin photochromic coating composition and photochromic articles |
US6432544B1 (en) | 1998-12-18 | 2002-08-13 | Ppg Industries Ohio, Inc. | Aminoplast resin photochromic coating composition and photochromic articles |
EP1194487B1 (en) | 1999-07-02 | 2005-05-11 | PPG Industries Ohio, Inc. | Poly(meth)acrylic photochromic coating |
US6150430A (en) | 1999-07-06 | 2000-11-21 | Transitions Optical, Inc. | Process for adhering a photochromic coating to a polymeric substrate |
US6296785B1 (en) | 1999-09-17 | 2001-10-02 | Ppg Industries Ohio, Inc. | Indeno-fused photochromic naphthopyrans |
US6660727B1 (en) | 1999-11-10 | 2003-12-09 | Rodenstock Gmbh | Photochromic heterocyclically anellated indenochromene compounds |
US6531076B2 (en) | 2000-02-04 | 2003-03-11 | Ppg Industries Ohio, Inc. | Photochromic organic resin composition |
ATE279492T1 (en) | 2000-03-02 | 2004-10-15 | Merck Patent Gmbh | MULTI-LAYER REFLECTIVE FILM OR PIGMENT HAVING VIEWING ANGLE DEPENDENT REFLECTIVE PROPERTIES |
EP1194424B1 (en) | 2000-06-07 | 2004-10-06 | Rodenstock GmbH | Photochromic pyran derivatives |
US6736998B2 (en) | 2000-12-29 | 2004-05-18 | Transitions Optical, Inc. | Indeno-fused photochromic naphthopyrans |
US7282551B2 (en) | 2001-02-23 | 2007-10-16 | Ems-Chemie Ag | Thermoplastic block copolymers consisting of polyalkyl(meth)acrylate and polyamide segments and the use thereof |
CA2383040A1 (en) | 2001-04-27 | 2002-10-27 | David Charles Coffin | Wet shaving device with guard/transfer roller and replaceable shaving aid |
US7008568B2 (en) | 2001-11-20 | 2006-03-07 | Vision-Ease Lens, Inc. | Photochromic naphthopyran compounds: compositions and articles containing those naphthopyran compounds |
US7262295B2 (en) | 2003-03-20 | 2007-08-28 | Transitions Optical, Inc. | Indeno-fused photochromic naphthopyrans, naphthols and photochromic articles |
US7166357B2 (en) | 2003-03-20 | 2007-01-23 | Transitions Optical, Inc. | Photochromic articles that activate behind ultraviolet radiation blocking transparencies and methods for preparation |
US7320826B2 (en) | 2003-03-20 | 2008-01-22 | Ppg Industries Ohio, Inc. | Photochromic articles with reduced temperature dependency and methods for preparation |
US8545984B2 (en) * | 2003-07-01 | 2013-10-01 | Transitions Optical, Inc. | Photochromic compounds and compositions |
US7342112B2 (en) * | 2003-07-01 | 2008-03-11 | Ppg Industries Ohio, Inc. | Photochromic compounds |
US9096014B2 (en) * | 2003-07-01 | 2015-08-04 | Transitions Optical, Inc. | Oriented polymeric sheets exhibiting dichroism and articles containing the same |
US7632540B2 (en) * | 2003-07-01 | 2009-12-15 | Transitions Optical, Inc. | Alignment facilities for optical dyes |
US8518546B2 (en) * | 2003-07-01 | 2013-08-27 | Transitions Optical, Inc. | Photochromic compounds and compositions |
US8211338B2 (en) * | 2003-07-01 | 2012-07-03 | Transitions Optical, Inc | Photochromic compounds |
US8698117B2 (en) * | 2003-07-01 | 2014-04-15 | Transitions Optical, Inc. | Indeno-fused ring compounds |
US20110140056A1 (en) | 2003-07-01 | 2011-06-16 | Transitions Optical, Inc. | Indeno-fused ring compounds |
US7256921B2 (en) | 2003-07-01 | 2007-08-14 | Transitions Optical, Inc. | Polarizing, photochromic devices and methods of making the same |
JP4424981B2 (en) * | 2003-12-26 | 2010-03-03 | 株式会社トクヤマ | Chromene compounds |
US20060228557A1 (en) * | 2005-04-08 | 2006-10-12 | Beon-Kyu Kim | Photochromic materials having extended pi-conjugated systems and compositions and articles including the same |
US20060226402A1 (en) * | 2005-04-08 | 2006-10-12 | Beon-Kyu Kim | Ophthalmic devices comprising photochromic materials having extended PI-conjugated systems |
US8147725B2 (en) * | 2005-04-08 | 2012-04-03 | Transitions Optical, Inc | Photochromic materials having extended pi-conjugated systems and compositions and articles including the same |
US8158037B2 (en) * | 2005-04-08 | 2012-04-17 | Johnson & Johnson Vision Care, Inc. | Photochromic materials having extended pi-conjugated systems and compositions and articles including the same |
US8748634B2 (en) | 2006-10-30 | 2014-06-10 | Transitions Optical, Inc. | Photochromic materials demonstrating improved fade rates |
CN101616906B (en) * | 2006-10-30 | 2014-07-30 | 光学转变公司 | Photochromic materials demonstrating improved fade rates |
US8535577B2 (en) * | 2010-04-30 | 2013-09-17 | Transitions Optical, Inc. | Photochromic materials that include 6-amino substituted indeno-fused naphthopyrans |
US8859097B2 (en) * | 2010-12-16 | 2014-10-14 | Transitions Optical, Inc. | Photochromic compounds, compositions and articles |
US8920928B2 (en) * | 2010-12-16 | 2014-12-30 | Transitions Optical, Inc. | Photochromic compounds and compositions |
JP5721544B2 (en) * | 2011-06-06 | 2015-05-20 | 株式会社トクヤマ | Chromene compounds |
-
2011
- 2011-12-07 US US13/313,178 patent/US9034219B2/en active Active
- 2011-12-08 AU AU2011344179A patent/AU2011344179B2/en active Active
- 2011-12-08 CA CA2820033A patent/CA2820033C/en active Active
- 2011-12-08 WO PCT/US2011/063878 patent/WO2012082506A1/en active Application Filing
- 2011-12-08 CN CN201710510866.0A patent/CN107253943B/en active Active
- 2011-12-08 CN CN2011800648714A patent/CN103354810A/en active Pending
- 2011-12-08 MX MX2013006922A patent/MX350284B/en active IP Right Grant
- 2011-12-08 EP EP11819037.0A patent/EP2651912B1/en active Active
- 2011-12-08 BR BR112013015078-5A patent/BR112013015078B1/en active IP Right Grant
-
2012
- 2012-02-02 JP JP2013544569A patent/JP5795081B2/en active Active
- 2012-02-02 KR KR1020167014820A patent/KR20160069522A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
-
2013
- 2013-06-07 ZA ZA2013/04210A patent/ZA201304210B/en unknown
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
KR20160069522A (en) | 2016-06-16 |
AU2011344179A1 (en) | 2013-06-20 |
US9034219B2 (en) | 2015-05-19 |
EP2651912B1 (en) | 2018-10-03 |
JP5795081B2 (en) | 2015-10-14 |
MX2013006922A (en) | 2013-07-22 |
CA2820033A1 (en) | 2012-06-21 |
AU2011344179B2 (en) | 2015-08-20 |
CN103354810A (en) | 2013-10-16 |
JP2014507385A (en) | 2014-03-27 |
CN107253943B (en) | 2022-05-17 |
BR112013015078A2 (en) | 2017-09-19 |
BR112013015078B1 (en) | 2018-06-12 |
EP2651912A1 (en) | 2013-10-23 |
CN107253943A (en) | 2017-10-17 |
WO2012082506A1 (en) | 2012-06-21 |
US20120156521A1 (en) | 2012-06-21 |
MX350284B (en) | 2017-09-04 |
ZA201304210B (en) | 2016-01-27 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CA2820033C (en) | Photochromic compounds and compositions | |
CA2820327C (en) | Photochromic compounds and compositions | |
US8545984B2 (en) | Photochromic compounds and compositions | |
CA2821245C (en) | Photochromic compounds and compositions | |
CA2850614C (en) | Photochromic materials that include 6-amino substituted indeno-fused naphthopyrans | |
KR20140014107A (en) | Photochromic compounds and compositions |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
EEER | Examination request |
Effective date: 20130604 |
|
FZDE | Discontinued |
Effective date: 20150826 |
|
FZDC | Discontinued application reinstated |
Effective date: 20151203 |